<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/comfast/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 08:47:21 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 08:47:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVTECH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS LITE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3452</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide Installation Guide, AVTECH, founded in 1996, is one of the world’s leading CCTV manufacturers with ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/#more-3452" aria-label="Read more about AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide Installation Guide, AVTECH, founded in 1996, is one of the world’s leading CCTV manufacturers with more than 20 years of experiences in product innovation, developement and global distribution. In 2018, we&#8217;re releasing a series of compact but smart surveillance devices to re-define and transform the cold image of video surveillance.</p>
<p>Of course, we&#8217;re still capable of offering a complete suveillance system to satisfy every demand from single watch to multiple-spot monitoring, from home safety to enterprise access guarding, always stay focused on the move.</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark0"></a> Log in Windows account with administrator user level</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark1"></a> Disable Windows firewall</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark2"></a> Change the power configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Control Panel ^ Hardware and Sound ^ Power Options ^ Change plan settings</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="2172" height="934" class="wp-image-3453" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 1" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 59" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1.jpeg 2172w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-300x129.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1024x440.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-768x330.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1536x661.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-2048x881.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1200x516.jpeg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 2172px) 100vw, 2172px" /></p>
<p>To avoid the abnormal shutdown caused the damage of CMS system while the CMS system is working, please change &#8220;Turn off the display&#8221; to &#8220;Never&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Save changes&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="2172" height="934" class="wp-image-3454" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 2" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2.jpeg 2172w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-300x129.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1024x440.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-768x330.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1536x661.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-2048x881.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1200x516.jpeg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 2172px) 100vw, 2172px" /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.avtech.com.tw/SoftWare.aspx" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</a></p>
<p>4</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark3"></a> Change the user account control settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Control Panel —&gt; System and Security —&gt; Security and Maintenance —&gt; Change User Account Control settings</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="2213" height="932" class="wp-image-3455" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 3" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3.jpeg 2213w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1024x431.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-768x323.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1536x647.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-2048x863.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1200x505.jpeg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 2213px) 100vw, 2213px" /></p>
<p>For the popup window not to be blocked while installing or working the CMS system, please adjust the user account control settings to &#8220;Never notify&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1626" height="1207" class="wp-image-3456" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 4" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4.jpeg 1626w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1024x760.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-768x570.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1536x1140.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1200x891.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1626px) 100vw, 1626px" /></p>
<h2>AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3325/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" rel="nofollow">Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2450/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
</ol>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>5</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark6"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark7"></a> Change the internet settings of temporary internet files</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark8"></a> Control Panel Network and Internet Internet Options</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□ Network and Internet</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>* t *8 * Control Panel &gt; Network and Internet &gt; v ö Search Contrc</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Panel Home . &#8211; .. , &gt; &gt; &lt;-■ . &#8211; .</p>
<p>Network and Sharing Center</p>
<p>&#8211; . . <sub>c</sub> . View network status and tasks Connect to a network View network computers and devices</p>
<p>System and Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Network and Internet A Ik. Internet Options</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hardware and Sound Change your homepage Manage browser add-ons Delete browsing history and cookies</p>
<p>Programs</p>
<p>User Accounts</p>
<p>Appearance and</p>
<p>Personalization</p>
<p>Clock and Region</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark9"></a> In order not to affect the UI loading of CMS system by the existing cookie, please follow the steps, &#8220;Settings&#8221; ^ Check &#8220;Every time I visit the webpage&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221; ^ Check &#8220;Delete browsing history on exit&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Delete&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1038" height="1358" class="wp-image-3457" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 5" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5.jpeg 1038w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-229x300.jpeg 229w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-783x1024.jpeg 783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-768x1005.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1038px) 100vw, 1038px" /></p>
<p>?</p>
<p>V&#8217; Website Data Settings</p>
<p>X</p>
<p>Temporary Internet Files History Caches and databases</p>
<p>Internet Explorer stores copies of webpages, images, and media<br />
for fester viewing later.</p>
<p>Ch Ark for npwpr versions of stored nenes:</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>O Every time I start Internet Explorer</p>
<p>O Automatically</p>
<p>O Never</p>
<p>Disk space to use (8-1024MB)</p>
<p>(Recommended: 50-250MB)</p>
<p><strong>I 330 |jj|</strong></p>
<p>Current location:</p>
<p>C: VJsers ^t\AppData V-ocal Microsoft \Wmdows \INe tCache \</p>
<p>Move folder&#8230;</p>
<p>View objects</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>View files</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="91" class="wp-image-3458" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 6" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 64"></p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>6</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark12"></a> Check if port 80 is occupied by other programs</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 1. Go to &#8220;Run&#8221; (Windows+R) ^ Enter &#8220;cmd&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221;</p>
<p>Run</p>
<p>Type the name of a program, folder, document, or Internet resource, and Windows will open it for you.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1580" height="435" class="wp-image-3459" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 7" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7.jpeg 1580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1024x282.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1536x423.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1200x330.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1580px) 100vw, 1580px" /></p>
<p>Step 2. Enter &#8220;<strong>netstat -nao|find &#8220;0.0.0.0:80&#8221;</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<p>C:\&gt; netstat -nao |find &#8220;0.0.0.0:80&#8221; PID number</p>
<p>TCP 0.0.0.0:80 0.0.0.0:0 LISTENING 4116</p>
<p>Step 3. Enter &#8220;<strong>tasklist /fi &#8220;pid eq PID number&#8221;</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">C:\&gt; tasklist /fi &#8220;pid eq 4116&#8221;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Name</td>
<td>PID Session Name</td>
<td>Session#</td>
<td>Mem Usage</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</p>
<p>skype.exe</td>
<td>—</p>
<p>4116 Console</td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>0</td>
<td>6,476 K</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Step 4. To close the program or service, please enter &#8220;<strong>taskkill /pid PID number /F</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<p>C:\&gt; taskkill /pid 4116 /F</p>
<p>SUCCESS: The process with PID 4116 has been terminated.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>7</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 1 and 2)</p>
<p><strong>Overall Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark13"></a> Start Install Application</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark14"></a> Enter Main Interface</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark15"></a> Check Hardware Requirements</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark16"></a> Choose Install Location</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark17"></a> Start Running Installer</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark18"></a> Install Necessary Packs</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark19"></a> Installation Complete</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark20"></a> Reboot Computer</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1225" height="932" class="wp-image-3460" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 8" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8.jpeg 1225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-300x228.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-1024x779.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-768x584.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-1200x913.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1225px) 100vw, 1225px" /></p>
<p>( Step 01 &#8211; Start Install )</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1623" height="1268" class="wp-image-3461" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 9" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9.jpeg 1623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1024x800.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-768x600.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1536x1200.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1200x938.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1623px) 100vw, 1623px" /></p>
<p>( Step 02 &#8211; Enter Main Interface )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 3 and 4)</p>
<p><strong>3 </strong>AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup &#8211; X</p>
<p><strong>License Agreement __</strong></p>
<p><strong>^0</strong></p>
<p>Please review the license terms before installing AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement.</p>
<p>AVTECH HyDRA System Software License Agreement a</p>
<p>IMPORTANT NOTICE: You should read the following terms and conditions of this license agreement before using this package. Once you have installed or otherwise used this package you are bound by the terms and conditions of the license and the limited warranties.</p>
<p>GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</p>
<p>Version 2, June 1991</p>
<p>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,</p>
<p>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA</p>
<p>Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies v</p>
<p>If you accept the terms of the agreement, dick I Agree to continue. You must accept the agreement to install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Back I Agree</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 03 &#8211; License Agreement)</p>
<p>3 AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup — X</p>
<p>Choose Install Location .•CP</p>
<p>Choose the folder in which to install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>Setup will install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 in the following folder. To install in a different folder, dick Browse and select another folder. Click Next to continue.</p>
<p>Destination Folder</p>
<p>&#8216;rogramData \AVTECHCMSLite</p>
<p>Browse&#8230;</p>
<p>Space required: 954.9MB</p>
<p>Space available: 26.2GB</p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Back Next &gt;</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 04 &#8211; Choose CMS Install Location )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>9</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 5 and 6)</p>
<p><strong>3 </strong>AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup &#8211;</p>
<p><strong>Installing __</strong></p>
<p>Please wait while AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 is being installed.</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8216;C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\syncmode*</p>
<p>Create folder: C:\programDataV\VTECHCMSLite\VMS a</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWS^ysWOW64Vcads ’C:\programData\AVTECHCMSLite’ /t /gra&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads •C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS*/t&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8216;C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\av&#8230; Execute: C: \WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C: V’rogramData \AVTECHCMSLite \VMS \ac&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C: V’rogramData \A VTECHCMSLite \VMS\c&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads *C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\db&#8230;</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads •C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMSVe&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS^ysWOW64Vcads ‘C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\şa&#8230;</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C:\programData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\sy&#8230; <sub>v</sub></p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Bade Next x- Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 05 &#8211; Execute CMS Installation )</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1604" height="1251" class="wp-image-3462" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 10" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10.jpeg 1604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1024x799.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-768x599.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1536x1198.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1200x936.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1604px) 100vw, 1604px" /></p>
<p>( Step 06 &#8211; Install Necessary Packs )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>10</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 7 and 8)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1604" height="1251" class="wp-image-3463" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 11" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11.jpeg 1604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1024x799.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-768x599.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1536x1198.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1200x936.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1604px) 100vw, 1604px" /></p>
<p>( Step 07 &#8211; Make Sure the Install Completed )</p>
<p>©Reboot nowi</p>
<p>OI want to manually reboot later</p>
<p>Completing the AVTECH Trident<br />
CMS Lite v4 0 0 2 Setup Wizard</p>
<p>Your computer must be restarted in order to complete the<br />
installation of AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2. Do you<br />
want to reboot now?</p>
<p>Finish</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="73" class="wp-image-3464" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 12" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 70"></p>
<p>( Step 08 &#8211; Restart Windows Operating System )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="1099" class="wp-image-3465" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 13" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13.jpeg 808w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-221x300.jpeg 221w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-753x1024.jpeg 753w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-768x1045.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Quick Start</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2240" height="1292" class="wp-image-3466" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 14" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14.jpeg 2240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1024x591.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-768x443.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1536x886.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-2048x1181.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1200x692.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2240px) 100vw, 2240px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1215" class="wp-image-3467" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 15" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1536x832.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-2048x1110.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1200x650.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p>( 2. Click &#8220;Add Device&#8221; )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>Quick Start</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2245" height="1210" class="wp-image-3468" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 16" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16.jpeg 2245w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-2048x1104.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2245px) 100vw, 2245px" /></p>
<p>( 3. Check the needed devices and click &#8220;Add Selected&#8221; ^ Wait for the system complete )</p>
<p><strong>S </strong>AVTECH CMS Lite</p>
<p>a</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2253" height="1186" class="wp-image-3469" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 17" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17.jpeg 2253w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1024x539.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-768x404.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1536x809.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-2048x1078.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1200x632.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2253px) 100vw, 2253px" /></p>
<p>( 4. The devices will display in the &#8220;Device List&#8221;)</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>13</p>
<p><strong>AVTECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîtteo</em></strong></p>
<p>Control Panel Overview</p>
<p>Main Control Panel</p>
<p><strong>S3 AVTECH CMS Lite</strong></p>
<p>a</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2248" height="1070" class="wp-image-3470" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 18" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18.jpeg 2248w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1024x487.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-768x366.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1536x731.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-2048x975.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1200x571.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Alter record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td>Start record for the selected devices</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td>Stop record for the selected devices</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording Playback</td>
<td>B</td>
<td>Playback record video from the CMS recorder</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Backup Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Backup record data</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to Group</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add the selected devices to the video group and play live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to Live</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add the selected devices to the Live View Zone</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Playback</td>
<td></td>
<td>Playback record video from the IP Cameras</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>14</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Control Panel Overview</p>
<p>System Configuration</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1249" class="wp-image-3471" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 19" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1024x570.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1536x856.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-2048x1141.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1200x669.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>General and Advanced Setting</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1717" height="1171" class="wp-image-3472" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 20" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 78" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20.jpeg 1717w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1024x698.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-768x524.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1536x1048.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1200x818.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1717px) 100vw, 1717px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>15</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark23"></a> Control Panel Overview</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark26"></a> Record Setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2237" height="1101" class="wp-image-3473" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 21" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21.jpeg 2237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1024x504.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-768x378.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1536x756.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-2048x1008.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1200x591.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2237px) 100vw, 2237px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td colspan="5">Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reload</td>
<td colspan="5">□</td>
<td>Update all the devices to the latest status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Folder</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="3">Set Folder</td>
<td>Setup the folder location of the selected device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setup</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">y Setup</td>
<td></td>
<td>Initiate device&#8217;s record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Clear</td>
<td></td>
<td>Erase device&#8217;s record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Advanced Setting</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>0</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Setup local disk, remote assess and edge record</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Choose Folder</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>e&gt;</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Choose the folder location</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Folder Group List</td>
<td colspan="5"></td>
<td>Inspect the saving location</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save</td>
<td colspan="5">H Save</td>
<td>Save the settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>16</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2246" height="230" class="wp-image-3474" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 22" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22.jpeg 2246w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-300x31.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1024x105.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-768x79.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1536x157.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-2048x210.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1200x123.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2246px) 100vw, 2246px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark29"></a> Control Panel Overview</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark32"></a> Device and Local Playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2251" height="1333" class="wp-image-3475" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 23" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23.jpeg 2251w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1024x606.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1536x910.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-2048x1213.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1200x711.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2251px) 100vw, 2251px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Video Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td></td>
<td>Play video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pause</td>
<td></td>
<td>Pause video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Fastforward the video up to 32X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewind</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Backward the video up to 32X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Custom</p>
<p>Display</td>
<td></td>
<td>Alter display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow</td>
<td></td>
<td>Slow down video speed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Quick screen shot</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Advanced Function</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Timeline Controller</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Adjust timeline display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hour Min Sec</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>High Low</strong></p>
<p>Quality</p>
<p>Calendar</p>
<p><strong>Calendar</strong></p>
<p>Adjust picture quality</p>
<p>Change the playback date</p>
<p>Event List</p>
<p><strong>EventList</strong></p>
<p>Playback event</p>
<p>Close</p>
<p>Close the window</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>17</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark35"></a> Click &#8220;Add Device&#8221; ^ Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Add Selected&#8221; ^ Wait for the</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark38"></a> system complete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2253" height="1100" class="wp-image-3476" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 24" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24.jpeg 2253w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1024x500.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1536x750.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-2048x1000.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1200x586.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2253px) 100vw, 2253px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>strator</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>** **</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Add Device</td>
<td>User</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Network Scan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>IPADDRESS</td>
<td>PORT</td>
<td>GATEWAY</td>
<td colspan="2">MODEL</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">P camera 2. Check Devices</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>r</td>
<td>10.1 1.163</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1.202</td>
<td>AVM521A</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>10.1.1 164</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1 254</td>
<td>AVZ592</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>10.1.1.213</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1 100</td>
<td>AVM500</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>192.168.1.66</td>
<td>80</td>
<td colspan="3">192.168 01 IC500L8_V0_A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>192 168 1 92</td>
<td>80</td>
<td colspan="3">192 168 01 MSF12_V0_AF</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>192 168 3 133</td>
<td>88</td>
<td colspan="3">192 168 3 1 3750AFH_V0_.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td colspan="4">)VR</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T</td>
<td>192.168 10.11</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>192 16810.11</td>
<td>AVZ2017</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>19Z168.10.13</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92.168 10.13ı</td>
<td>AVZ8136</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>✓</td>
<td>192168.10.14</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92.16810.16</td>
<td>AVZ308</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td colspan="4">4VR</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>| 192 168 10 100</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92 168 101»</td>
<td colspan="2">AVH8516</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>3. Add Selected</strong></p>
<p>^</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="147" class="wp-image-3477" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 25" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25.jpeg 811w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25-768x139.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>18</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Delete Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark41"></a> Choose the needed device to delete by click the right click ^ Click &#8220;Delete Device&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1108" class="wp-image-3478" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 26" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1024x506.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-768x380.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1536x759.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-2048x1012.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1200x593.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>Q Open this device in Live<br />
</strong> at Add to Live</p>
<p>□ Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>&#8216;A<sup>1</sup> Alarm Out</p>
<p>Set as PTZ Device</p>
<p>O Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p>Edit Device</p>
<p>[*1 Substream Setting</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>n Open Device CorTiS<br />
“S Open Remote Desktop<br />
| Backup Device Config<br />
Q3 Update Device Firmware<br />
O Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="242" class="wp-image-3479" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 27" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27-300x81.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27-768x208.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Delete Confirmation</p>
<p>^</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>19</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Edit Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark44"></a> Choose the needed device to delete by click the right click ^ Click &#8220;Delete Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1107" class="wp-image-3480" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 28" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1024x506.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-768x379.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1536x758.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-2048x1011.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1200x593.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>Q Open this device in Live </strong>at Add to Live</p>
<p>□ Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>&#8216;A<sup>1</sup> Alarm Out</p>
<p>Set as PTZ Device</p>
<p>O Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p><em>f</em> Edit Device ,</p>
<p>, .</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>föi Open Device Config</p>
<p>71 Open Remote Desktop | Backup Device Config 53 Update Device Firmware O Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p>^</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="375" class="wp-image-3481" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 29" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>Model: AVT Series <strong>(3</strong></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Alter device name and update settings</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>20</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark47"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Add to Live</p>
<p>Add devices to the LIVE View Zone.</p>
<p>Choose a needed layout to display your devices ^ Check the needed devices ^ Click</p>
<p>&#8220;Add to Live&#8221; ^ Wait for the images appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2186" height="1237" class="wp-image-3482" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 30" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30.jpeg 2186w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1024x579.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1536x869.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-2048x1159.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1200x679.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2186px) 100vw, 2186px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2165" height="1237" class="wp-image-3483" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 31" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31.jpeg 2165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1024x585.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1536x878.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-2048x1170.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1200x686.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2165px) 100vw, 2165px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>21</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark50"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Drag a Device</p>
<p>Add devices to the LIVE View Zone.</p>
<p>Choose a needed layout to display your devices ^ Click on a needed device by the left click and drag it to one of the columns ^ Wait for the images appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2165" height="1238" class="wp-image-3484" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 32" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32.jpeg 2165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1024x586.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1536x878.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-2048x1171.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1200x686.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2165px) 100vw, 2165px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2171" height="1235" class="wp-image-3485" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 33" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33.jpeg 2171w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1024x583.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1536x874.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-2048x1165.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1200x683.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2171px) 100vw, 2171px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>22</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark51"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark53"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Add to Group</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Add to Group&#8221; ^ Enter a name ^ Choose a layout to display ^ Select the needed devices according to the number of layout ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221; ^ Double-click the group to open it</p>
<p><strong>D AVTECH CMS Lite &#8211; O</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1081" height="803" class="wp-image-3486" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 34" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34.jpeg 1081w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-1024x761.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-768x570.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1081px) 100vw, 1081px" /></p>
<p><strong><em>^</em></strong> Video Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1236" class="wp-image-3487" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 35" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1024x566.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-768x425.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1536x849.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-2048x1132.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1200x663.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>23</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2244" height="1217" class="wp-image-3488" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 36" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36.jpeg 2244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-768x417.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1536x833.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-2048x1111.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1200x651.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2244px) 100vw, 2244px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark56"></a> PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Supporting the device which equipped with PTZ function.</p>
<p>If inactivate, by clicking right click on a needed device ^ Click &#8220;Set as PTZ Device&#8221;</p>
<p>Q AVTECH CMS Lite</p>
<p>Enlarge picture by<br />
double-click it</p>
<p><strong>I CH: 1. Device-164 Time:2021/11/18 16:39:01 FR:9.I</strong></p>
<p><strong>Open this device in Live</strong></p>
<p>1</p>
<p>Add to Live</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p>Edit Device</p>
<p>Suhstream Setting</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>Open Device Config</p>
<p>Open Remote Desktop</p>
<p>PTZ not supported</p>
<p>Backup Device Config</p>
<p>Update Device Firmware</p>
<p>Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p><strong>A/TECH </strong>CMS Lite</p>
<p>Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>Layout: 9 channel(s) &#8211; Page 1</p>
<p><s>CH T,3..992,,1,1,9,939:9. »39.</s></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="1308" class="wp-image-3489" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 37" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37.jpeg 536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37-123x300.jpeg 123w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37-420x1024.jpeg 420w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p>Device Name (If unavailable, it wil show &#8220;PTZ Inactive&#8221;)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Function</td>
<td>H</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hotpoint</td>
<td>1 + 1</p>
<p>| <sup>L</sup>&#8211;<sup>L</sup>* |</td>
<td>Click to the position</td>
<td>Zoom In</td>
<td>|~ö~|</td>
<td>Pull-in picture</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DPTZ</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Partial enlarge</td>
<td>Zoom Out</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-out picture</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus In</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Adjust definition</td>
<td>Zoom In Max</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-in picture to maximum</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus Out</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Adjust definition</td>
<td>Zoom Out Max</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-out picture to maximum</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Autofocus</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Auto-adjust definition</td>
<td>Auto Track</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto-adjust picture</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>24</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2232" height="1205" class="wp-image-3490" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 38" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38.jpeg 2232w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1024x553.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-768x415.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1536x829.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-2048x1106.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1200x648.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2232px) 100vw, 2232px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark59"></a> Record</p>
<p>Local Disk Overwrite and Edge Record</p>
<p>Before start recording, please setup local disk overwrite, edge record, and other record</p>
<p>related settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2203" height="1212" class="wp-image-3491" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 39" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 97" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39.jpeg 2203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1024x563.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-768x423.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1536x845.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-2048x1127.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1200x660.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2203px) 100vw, 2203px" /></p>
<p>1. Setup overwrite can erase the older record data automatically when out of space.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark60"></a> Setup edge record can get the missing date automatically back to the CMS system.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1526" height="1066" class="wp-image-3492" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 40" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 98" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40.jpeg 1526w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-1024x715.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-1200x838.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1526px) 100vw, 1526px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>25</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark63"></a> Record</p>
<p>Adjust Setting to the Individuals</p>
<p>Record stream, additional setting and mode can be set individually to a single device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2209" height="1221" class="wp-image-3493" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 41" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 99" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41.jpeg 2209w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1024x566.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-768x425.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1536x849.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-2048x1132.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1200x663.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2209px) 100vw, 2209px" /></p>
<p>Additional Setting</p>
<p><strong><em>^</em></strong> Additional Setting &#8211; Trigger Check the trigger rules and choose the duration time. Any event occurs, it will show on Event Playback.</p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<p>T Motion T Alarm</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="47" class="wp-image-3494" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 42" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 100"></p>
<p>Duration: 10 v</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1110" height="705" class="wp-image-3495" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 43" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 101" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43.jpeg 1110w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-1024x650.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1110px) 100vw, 1110px" /></p>
<p>^ Record Stream and Mode</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark64"></a> Manual Record: Preset mode to all the<br />
devices, all day recording.</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark65"></a> Event Record: Automatically start<br />
recording when event detects. Custom the<br />
pre-alarm and post-alarm time.</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark66"></a> Timer Record: Reserve to start<br />
recording can assign to the selected time.<br />
Mark it on the timetable.</li>
</ol>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>26</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark68"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark69"></a> Record</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark72"></a> Folder Location</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark75"></a> Record data can be saved not only to the appointed folder that setup at the local disk but also save to the separate folder to manage.</p>
<p><strong>O </strong>CMS Record Setting</p>
<p><strong>AVTECH </strong>Record Setting</p>
<p>Setting up Device-163</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>Additional Setting</p>
<p><strong>Streaming URL</strong></p>
<p><strong>Event Snapshot</strong></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<p><strong>Single Channel</strong></p>
<p>/live/video_audio/profile1</p>
<p>T PIR</p>
<p>/I ive/video_audio/ profi Ie2</p>
<p>Folder Group:</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>• Manual Record</p>
<p>Pre-Alarm (sec):</p>
<p>Post-Alarm (sec):</p>
<p>© Timer Record:</p>
<p>snapshot Folder Location</p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>Folder Group</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Folder Group List</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 (2) E:\4.0 0.1\</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device-163 Delete</p>
<p>Device-164</td>
<td>0 •</p>
<p>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(133) CARecord\</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Device-213</p>
<p>Device-11</p>
<p>Device-11_1</p>
<p>Device-11_2</p>
<p>Device-11_3</p>
<p>Device-11_4</p>
<p>Device-11_5</p>
<p>Device-11_6</p>
<p>^ Folder Group List Check on the devices of the local disk, and the device can also be deleted from here.</p>
<p>Footnotes: The deleted device will be automatically moved to<br />
the default location.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>27</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2194" height="1205" class="wp-image-3496" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 44" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 102" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44.jpeg 2194w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1024x562.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-768x422.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1536x844.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-2048x1125.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1200x659.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2194px) 100vw, 2194px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark78"></a> Record</p>
<p>Start, Stop Record</p>
<p><strong>Start recording.</strong></p>
<p>Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Start Recording&#8221; then click &#8220;Start recording selected devices&#8221; ^ Wait for the red record signals appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2246" height="1076" class="wp-image-3497" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 45" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 103" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45.jpeg 2246w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1024x491.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-768x368.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1536x736.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-2048x981.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1200x575.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2246px) 100vw, 2246px" /></p>
<p><strong>Stop recording.</strong></p>
<p>Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Stop Recording&#8221; ^ Wait for the red record signals disappear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1065" class="wp-image-3498" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 46" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 104" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1024x486.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1536x730.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-2048x973.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1200x570.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>28</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark81"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Device Playback</p>
<p>Playback the record date from the device.</p>
<p>&#8220;Advanced Function&#8221; from the main control panel ^ Click &#8220;Device Playback&#8221; ^ Choose a type of date selector (List, Calendar or Allinone) on the needed device</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>9 Device Playback</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>-ax</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address Name</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 10.1.1.163:88 Device-163 List Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">1 10.1.1.213:88 Device-213 üst Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■3 192168.10.11:80 Device-11 Ust Calendar Allinone 1</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_1 Ust Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4">-w—• -w • <sup>—</sup>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_2 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>Device List</td>
<td>Date Selector</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_3 List Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_4 Ust TMendar</p>
<p>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_5 Ust Calendar 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>Annrprr Mamp</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>rAUUlCjj 1&#8217;401 iic</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_6 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_7 Ust Calendar 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>I 1 C*t* f apnnar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>1 V. 1. 1 . 1 UO.OO L/C Vive 1 Uj</td>
<td>Idol volet KJai</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">■ 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_8 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_9 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_10 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>10.1.1.Z13.88 üevıce-213</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_11 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_12 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11</td>
<td>Ust Calendar Allinone</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_13 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_14 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11_1</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_15 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>, It</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_16 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>19216810.11:80 Device-11.2</td>
<td>Ust Calenda^X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ igsjâyoiiaOlJeYİKd^^ LjstCfllfindnrAllinpne 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_1 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11_3</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_2 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_3 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>19216810.11:80 Device-11_4</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13.4 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_5 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>192168 101180 Device-11 5</td>
<td>1 i^t C^lpnnar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1 1 V/KJ. 1 KJ. 1 1 AJV V/V VIVC 1 1 -J</td>
<td>Lljl VtJIVIIKJul</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_6 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_7 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>1Q? 10 11 flfl 1 6</td>
<td>1 i c*t* 1 Apnri^r</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1 2/2__ 1 UO- 1 KJ- 1 1 .Okj L/CVILC 1 1 KJ</td>
<td>I—IjL VOICIlUOf</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_8 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_9 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>a a <em>c</em> a <em>r\</em> a a nrt * a a **7</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_10 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>192.168.10.11:80 Device-11_7</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_11 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_12 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_13 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_14 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_15 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_16 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_17 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_18 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_19 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Backup list</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CH.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>4</p>
<p>Sun</td>
<td>Mon</td>
<td>Tue</td>
<td>2021/12</p>
<p>Wed</td>
<td>Thu</td>
<td>Fri</td>
<td>►</p>
<p>Sat</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>01</td>
<td>02</td>
<td>03</td>
<td>04</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td>06</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1.</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose a date</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">2. Movable Timeline</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2021/12/07 00:00 Hour Z&#8221;|</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Calendar</p>
<p>Choose a date to playback ^ Click</p>
<p>&#8220;Play&#8221; to open playback window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1126" height="262" class="wp-image-3499" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 47" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 105" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47.jpeg 1126w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-1024x238.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-768x179.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1126px) 100vw, 1126px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>29</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark84"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Device Playback</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Allinone</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Choose a date ^ Click &#8220;Play&#8221; to open the whole channels window of NVR or DVR</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1248" class="wp-image-3501" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 49" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 106" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1024x572.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1536x857.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-2048x1143.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1200x670.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1111" class="wp-image-3502" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 50" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 107" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1024x509.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-768x382.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1536x763.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-2048x1018.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1200x596.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p>Return to the calendar</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>30</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark86"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark87"></a> Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark90"></a> Recording Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark91"></a> Playback record data.</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark94"></a> &#8220;Advanced Function&#8221; from the main control panel ^ Click &#8220;Recording Playback&#8221; ^ Choose a type of date selector (List or Calendar) on the needed device</p>
<p>O Recording Playback</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.164:88</td>
<td>Device-164</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.163:88</td>
<td>Device-163</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.213:88</td>
<td>Device-213</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_1</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_5</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.1</td>
<td>Uj£t__</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.2</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>~Calenda</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.3</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.14:80</td>
<td>Device-14_2</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.14:80</td>
<td>Device-14_4</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-13_5</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-133</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-13_1</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Name</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.164:88</td>
<td>Device-164</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.163:88</td>
<td>Device-163</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.213:88</td>
<td>Device-213</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100_3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CH.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>4</p>
<p>Sun</td>
<td>Mon</td>
<td>Tue</td>
<td>2021/12</p>
<p>Wed</td>
<td>Thu</td>
<td>Fri</td>
<td>►</p>
<p>Sat</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>01</td>
<td>02</td>
<td>03</td>
<td>04</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td>06</td>
<td>KS</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1.</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose a date</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">2. Movable Timelint</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark97"></a><strong>^ </strong>Calendar</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark98"></a> Choose a date to playback ^ Click</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark99"></a> &#8220;Play&#8221; to open playback window</p>
<p>2021/12/07 00:00 Hour Z&#8221;|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1126" height="262" class="wp-image-3503" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 51" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 108" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51.jpeg 1126w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-1024x238.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-768x179.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1126px) 100vw, 1126px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2244" height="1225" class="wp-image-3504" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 52" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 109" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52.jpeg 2244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1024x559.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-768x419.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1536x839.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-2048x1118.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1200x655.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2244px) 100vw, 2244px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîdlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark102"></a> Video Backup</p>
<p>Backup for Device</p>
<p>From the Device Funtion on the Main Control Panel, click &#8220;Device Playback&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Backup&#8221; on the calendar to open the windows ^ Setup the date and time ^ Choose a resolution and format for the video then click &#8221;Backup&#8221; and save the file to the customize location ^ After clicking &#8220;Confirm&#8221; it will display process in the Backup List</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Backup Windows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2097" height="766" class="wp-image-3505" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 53" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 110" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53.jpeg 2097w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-300x110.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1024x374.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-768x281.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1536x561.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-2048x748.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1200x438.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2097px) 100vw, 2097px" /></p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Backup List</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2056" height="723" class="wp-image-3506" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 54" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 111" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54.jpeg 2056w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-300x105.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1024x360.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-768x270.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1536x540.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-2048x720.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1200x422.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2056px) 100vw, 2056px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>32</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîdlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark105"></a> Video Backup</p>
<p>Backup for Recording</p>
<p>Check the needed device that has activated record ^ Click &#8220;Backup Recording&#8221; from the</p>
<p>main control panel Advanced Function ^ Adjust backup time ^ Choose a folder to save</p>
<p>the record data</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2297" height="1249" class="wp-image-3507" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 55" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 112" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55.jpeg 2297w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1024x557.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-768x418.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1536x835.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-2048x1114.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1200x653.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2297px) 100vw, 2297px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1106" height="932" class="wp-image-3508" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 56" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 113" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56.jpeg 1106w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-1024x863.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-768x647.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1106px) 100vw, 1106px" /></p>
<p>Footnotes: It could also backup from the Recording Playback, click &#8221;Backup&#8221; from the</p>
<p>calendar to execute.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>33</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark108"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>General Settings</p>
<p>Click &#8220;System Configuration&#8221; from the main control panel which provides with the</p>
<p>information, general and other advanced setting for CMS.</p>
<p>System General Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2016" height="1472" class="wp-image-3509" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 57" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 114" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57.jpeg 2016w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-300x219.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1024x748.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-768x561.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1536x1122.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1200x876.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2016px) 100vw, 2016px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>File saving path (Snapshot / Video Backup)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start-up and Exit</td>
<td>System startup and shut down</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Information</td>
<td>The limitation for live and record</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Mode</td>
<td>Alter data source for CMS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>34</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark111"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>Advanced and Other Settings</p>
<p><em>^</em> System Advanced Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1627" height="667" class="wp-image-3510" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 58" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 115" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58.jpeg 1627w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1024x420.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-768x315.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1536x630.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1200x492.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1627px) 100vw, 1627px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Schedule</td>
<td>Restart setting for the CMS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Media Server</td>
<td>Server for instant live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Software Decoding</td>
<td>Decoding setting for instant live</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>^ </strong>System Other Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1633" height="764" class="wp-image-3511" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 59" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 116" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59.jpeg 1633w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1024x479.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-768x359.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1536x719.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1200x561.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1633px) 100vw, 1633px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Backup location and frequency</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2023 09:33:19 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3325</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide, This User Guide provides information for centrally managing cameras and network video recorders via VIGI ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/#more-3325" aria-label="Read more about VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide, This User Guide provides information for centrally managing cameras and network video recorders via VIGI Security Manager. Please read this guide carefully before operation.</p>
<p><strong>Conventions</strong></p>
<p>When using this guide, notice that:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark3"></a> Features available in VIGI Security Manager may vary due to your region, device model, and firmware version. All images, steps, and descriptions in this guide are only examples and may not reflect your actual experience.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark4"></a> The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied. Users must take full responsibility for their application of any products.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark5"></a> This guide uses the specific formats to highlight special messages. The following table lists the conventions that are used throughout this guide.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Underlined</td>
<td>Indicates hyperlinks. You can click to redirect to a website or a specific section.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bold</strong></td>
<td>Indicates contents to be emphasized and texts on the web page, including the menus, tabs, buttons and so on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&gt;</td>
<td>The menu structures to show the path to load the corresponding page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q) Caution</strong></td>
<td>Reminds you to be cautious, and Ignoring this type of note might result in device damage or data loss.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Note</strong></td>
<td>Indicates information that helps you make better use of your device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" rel="nofollow">Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-guide/3089/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3107/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>More Information</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark6"></a> For technical support, the latest version of the User Guide and other information, please visit <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/support" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.tp-link.com/support</a>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark7"></a> To ask questions, find answers, and communicate with TP-Link users or engineers, please visit <a href="https://community.tp-link.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://community.tp-link.com </a>to join TP-Link Community.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Get Started with VIGI Security Manager</em></strong></p>
<p>This chapter guides you on how to install VIGI Security Manager and choose the network topology based on your needs. VIGI Security Manager offers easy and efficient management for security cameras and VIGI Network Video Recorder. This chapter includes the following sections:</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark8"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark9"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark12">Install VIGI Security Manager</a></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark11"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark18">Determine the Network Topology</a></p>
<p>Chapter 1</p>
<p>Get Started with VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark12"></a> With a reliable network management platform powered by VIGI Security Manager, you can watch the live view and playback, add devices, configure events, set recording and storage schedule for cameras, and export recordings to your computer.</p>
<p><strong>V 1. 1 Install VIGI Security Manager</strong></p>
<p>VIGI Security Manager is provided only for Windows operating systems. Make sure your PC’s system meet the following requirements, then properly install the VIGI Security Manager.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark13"></a><strong>System Requirement</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Operating System: WinXP/Win7/Win8/Win8.1/Win10. (We recommend that you deploy VIGI Security Manager on a 64-bit operating system to guarantee the software stability.)</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark17"></a> Install VIGI Security Manager</li>
</ul>
<p>Download the installation file of VIGI Security Manager from the <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/support/download/vigi-nvr1008/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">website</a>. Then follow the instructions to properly install the VIGI Security Manager. After a successful installation, a shortcut icon of the VIGI Security Manager will be created on your desktop.</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>Chapter 1</p>
<p>Get Started with VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark18"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark21"></a> V 1.2 Determine the Network Topology</p>
<p>The network topology that you create for VIGI Security Manager varies depending on your requirements.</p>
<p>The following figures show two typical application scenarios.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Use VIGI Security Manager in Local Network</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="189" class="wp-image-3326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 1" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 241" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-1.jpeg 189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-1-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 189px) 100vw, 189px" /></p>
<p>Internet</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="606" class="wp-image-3327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 2" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 242" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-2.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-2-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-2-768x482.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-2-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>VIGI Network Video Recorder</p>
<p>CI-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="248" height="196" class="wp-image-3328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 3" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 243"></p>
<p>VIĞI Security Manager</p>
<p>When the computer is in the same subnet as your cameras and VIGI Network Video Recorder, download and install VIGI Security Manager on your computer to watch the live view and playback, add devices from the discovered list, manage devices, set recording and storage schedule for cameras and export recordings to your computer.</p>
<p>3</p>
<p>Chapter 1</p>
<p>Get Started with VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>■ <strong>Use VIGI Security Manager Remotely</strong></p>
<p>VIGI Camera</p>
<p>VIGI Camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1146" height="458" class="wp-image-3329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 4" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 244" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-4.jpeg 1146w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-4-300x120.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-4-1024x409.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-4-768x307.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1146px) 100vw, 1146px" /></p>
<p>Internet TP-Link Switch</p>
<p>VIGI Network Video Recorder</p>
<p>CI­</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="241" height="178" class="wp-image-3330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 5" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 245"></p>
<p>VIĞI Security Manager</p>
<p>If you want to monitor your home or office while away, you can download and install VIGI Security Manager on a computer connected to the internet, then log in to your TP-Link ID. With the cameras or the VIGI network video recorder bound to your TP-Link ID, you can watch the live view and playback.</p>
<p>4</p>
<p>(2)</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark24"></a> Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>This chapter guides you on how to add cameras and VIGI NVRs to VIGI Security Manager. You can add cameras and VIGI NVRs locally and remotely based on your needs. This chapter includes the following sections:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark25"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark27">Add Devices in Local Network</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark26"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark52">Add Devices Remotely</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark30"></a> V 2. 1 Add Devices in Local Network</p>
<p>To add NVRs and cameras locally, ensure that your devices should be in the same subnet as your computer.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark33"></a> 2. 1. 1 Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager When TP-Link ID isn’t Logged in</p>
<p>Choose one of the methods below (<a href="#post-3325-bookmark34">Add Devices Singly</a>, <a href="#post-3325-bookmark37">Add Devices in Batches</a>, <a href="#post-3325-bookmark40">Add Devices Manually</a>) and follow the steps to add your devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark34"></a> ■ <strong>Add Devices Singly</strong></p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>Discovered Devices </strong>and click 4 in the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2014" height="1255" class="wp-image-3331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 6" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 246" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6.jpeg 2014w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-1536x957.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-1200x748.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-6-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2014px) 100vw, 2014px" /></p>
<p><strong>0 </strong>Configure Network</p>
<p>Set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask of your device.</p>
<p>Ö Refresh</p>
<p>Click Ö Refresh to refresh the device list.</p>
<p>6</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark35"></a> Enter the password of your device. VIGI Security Manager can automatically detect the IP address and port number of the device, and you can keep them as default. Click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1115" height="1202" class="wp-image-3332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 7" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 247" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-7.jpeg 1115w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-7-278x300.jpeg 278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-7-950x1024.jpeg 950w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-7-768x828.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1115px) 100vw, 1115px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>For the camera with no password, you need to set a password and a password reset email to enhance the security before adding it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1096" height="1207" class="wp-image-3333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 8" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 248" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-8.jpeg 1096w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-8-272x300.jpeg 272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-8-930x1024.jpeg 930w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-8-768x846.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1096px) 100vw, 1096px" /></p>
<p>7</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><strong>Username</strong></p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Displays the username of the camera.</p>
<p>Set the password of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Confirm Password </strong>Confirm the password of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Password Reset </strong>Set the email address for resetting the camera’s password.</p>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<p>• For the NVR that has not been used, create a login password on NVR itself and set it up first before adding it.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark36"></a> (Only for cameras) If you don’t want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, directly click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>O Verify Device 0 Set Recordings O Complete</p>
<p>Enable Record on Computer to save the recordings to the computer.</p>
<p><strong>Record on Computer O Enable</strong></p>
<p>8</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>If you want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, you can click the checkbox of <strong>Enable Record on Computer</strong>. Configure the following parameters and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1483" height="1336" class="wp-image-3334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 9" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 249" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9.jpeg 1483w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9-300x270.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9-1024x922.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9-768x692.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-9-1200x1081.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1483px) 100vw, 1483px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Schedule</strong></td>
<td>Click 1 <sup>Change</sup> 1 to customize the recording schedule of the camera on computer. It determines the time period for camera recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage Location</strong></td>
<td>Click <sup>Browse</sup> to select the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>Set the storage space for storing the recordings on your computer. The storage space you set should be less than the free space on your computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Click the checkbox to enable loop recording. It allows your camera to overwrite old files with new files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolution</strong></td>
<td>Select the recording resolution. HQ and LQ refers to the high and low recording resolution respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>9</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Wait for the device to be added, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>■</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1124" height="574" class="wp-image-3335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 10" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 250" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-10.jpeg 1124w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-10-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-10-1024x523.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-10-768x392.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1124px) 100vw, 1124px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark37"></a><strong>Add Devices in Batches</strong></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>Discovered Devices, </strong>select the devices you want and click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="84" class="wp-image-3336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 11" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 251"></p>
<p><strong>□ X</strong></p>
<p><strong>■îtp-link I VIGI</strong></p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>Storage Management</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p>Export Format</p>
<p>o o</p>
<p>ISJ</p>
<p>Please log in.</p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1692" height="1114" class="wp-image-3337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 12" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 252" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12.jpeg 1692w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12-1024x674.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12-768x506.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12-1536x1011.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-12-1200x790.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1692px) 100vw, 1692px" /></p>
<p>10</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Enter the password of your devices. Click <strong>Continue</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1504" height="1131" class="wp-image-3338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 13" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 253" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13.jpeg 1504w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13-1024x770.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13-768x578.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-13-1200x902.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1504px) 100vw, 1504px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>If you can’t add devices in batches, try adding your devices separately instead.</p>
<p>For the camera with no password, you need to set a password and a password reset email to enhance the security before adding it.</p>
<p>For the NVR that has not been used, create a login password on NVR itself and set it up first before adding it.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Next </strong>after the devices are verified.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1508" height="737" class="wp-image-3339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 14" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 254" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14.jpeg 1508w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14-1024x500.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-14-1200x586.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1508px) 100vw, 1508px" /></p>
<p>11</p>
<p>Chapter 2 Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark38"></a> (Only for cameras) If you don’t want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, directly click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1682" height="801" class="wp-image-3340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 15" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 255" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15.jpeg 1682w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15-1024x488.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15-768x366.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15-1536x731.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-15-1200x571.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1682px) 100vw, 1682px" /></p>
<p>If you want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, you can click the checkbox of <strong>Enable Record on Computer</strong>. Configure the following parameters and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1486" height="1322" class="wp-image-3341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 16" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 256" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16.jpeg 1486w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16-300x267.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16-1024x911.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16-768x683.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-16-1200x1068.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1486px) 100vw, 1486px" /></p>
<p>Click <sup>Change</sup> to customize the recording schedule of the <strong>Schedule </strong>camera on computer. It determines the time period for camera</p>
<p>recording.</p>
<p><strong><sup>Storage Location</sup> </strong>Click <sup>Browse</sup> to select the storage location of files.</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set the storage space for storing the recordings on your</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>computer. The storage space you set should be less than the free space on your computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Click the checkbox to enable loop recording. It allows your camera to overwrite old files with new files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolution</strong></td>
<td>Select the recording resolution. HQ and LQ refers to the high and low recording resolution respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark39"></a> Wait for the device to be added, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1123" height="568" class="wp-image-3342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 17" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 257" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-17.jpeg 1123w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-17-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-17-1024x518.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-17-768x388.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1123px) 100vw, 1123px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark40"></a> ■ <strong>Add Devices Manually</strong></p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>Discovered Devices </strong>and click <sup>+ A&lt;w Manua</sup>&#8220;<sup>y</sup></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark41"></a> Select the device type, and enter the IP address/Domain name and port number of your device. By</li>
</ol>
<p>default, the port number is 80. Then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2021" height="1264" class="wp-image-3343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 18" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 258" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18.jpeg 2021w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-1024x640.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-18-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2021px) 100vw, 2021px" /></p>
<p>13</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark42"></a> Enter the password of your device. VIGI Security Manager can automatically detect the IP address and port number of the device, and you can keep them as default. Click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1258" height="1364" class="wp-image-3344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 19" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 259" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19.jpeg 1258w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19-277x300.jpeg 277w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19-944x1024.jpeg 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19-768x833.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-19-1200x1301.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1258px) 100vw, 1258px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark43"></a> For the camera with no password, you need to set a password and a password reset email to enhance the security before adding it.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark44"></a> For the NVR that has not been used, create a login password on NVR itself and set it up first before adding it.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark45"></a> (Only for cameras) If you don’t want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, directly click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1684" height="802" class="wp-image-3345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 20" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 260" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20.jpeg 1684w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20-1024x488.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20-768x366.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20-1536x732.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-20-1200x571.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1684px) 100vw, 1684px" /></p>
<p>14</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>If you want to save the recordings of your camera to your computer, you can click the checkbox of <strong>Enable Record on Computer</strong>. Configure the following parameters and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1475" height="1336" class="wp-image-3346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 21" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 261" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21.jpeg 1475w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21-300x272.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21-1024x928.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21-768x696.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-21-1200x1087.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1475px) 100vw, 1475px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Schedule</strong></td>
<td>Click 1 <sup>Change</sup> 1 to customize the recording schedule of the camera on computer. It determines the time period for camera recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage Location</strong></td>
<td>Click <sup>Browse</sup> to select the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>Set the storage space for storing the recordings on your computer. The storage space you set should be less than the free space on your computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Click the checkbox to enable loop recording. It allows your camera to overwrite old files with new files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolution</strong></td>
<td>Select the recording resolution. HQ and LQ refers to the high and low recording resolution respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>15</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark46"></a> Wait for the device to be added, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1123" height="581" class="wp-image-3347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 22" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 262" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-22.jpeg 1123w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-22-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-22-1024x530.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-22-768x397.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1123px) 100vw, 1123px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark49"></a> 2. 1.2 Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager When TP-Link ID is Logged in</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to add a device.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>Discovered Devices </strong>and click 4 in the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2014" height="1254" class="wp-image-3348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 23" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 263" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23.jpeg 2014w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-23-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2014px) 100vw, 2014px" /></p>
<p><strong>0 </strong>Configure Network</p>
<p>Set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask of your device.</p>
<p>Ö Refresh</p>
<p>Click &amp; <sup>Refresh</sup></p>
<p>to refresh the device list.</p>
<p>16</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark50"></a> Enter the password of your device. VIGI Security Manager can automatically detect the IP address and port number of the device, and you can keep them as default. Click <strong>Verify</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1104" height="1202" class="wp-image-3349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 24" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 264" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-24.jpeg 1104w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-24-276x300.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-24-941x1024.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-24-768x836.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1104px) 100vw, 1104px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>For the camera with no password, you need to set a password and a password reset email to enhance the security before adding it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1096" height="1207" class="wp-image-3350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 25" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 265" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-25.jpeg 1096w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-25-272x300.jpeg 272w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-25-930x1024.jpeg 930w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-25-768x846.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1096px) 100vw, 1096px" /></p>
<p>17</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Username</strong></td>
<td>Displays the username of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></td>
<td>Set the password of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Confirm Password</strong></td>
<td>Confirm the password of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password Reset Email</strong></td>
<td>Set the email address for resetting the camera’s password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• For the NVR that has not been used, create a login password on NVR itself and set it up first before adding it.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark51"></a> Wait for the device to be added, then click <strong>OK</strong>. The device is now bound to your TP-Link ID. Note that you need to add the device again if you log out of your TP-Link ID.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1122" height="579" class="wp-image-3351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 26" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 266" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-26.jpeg 1122w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-26-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-26-1024x528.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-26-768x396.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1122px) 100vw, 1122px" /></p>
<p>18</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark55"></a> V 2. 2 Add Devices Remotely</p>
<p>Every VIGI NVR and VIGI Security Camera has a device ID printed on its label. When your devices are not in the same subnet as your computer, you can add them remotely by verifying its device ID. Make sure your computer and devices all have access to the internet before adding your devices. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>Discovered Devices </strong>and click <strong>ID </strong>Add by Device id . If you have not logged in to your TP-Link account, use your TP-Link ID and passwword to log in first.</p>
<p><strong>tp link VIGI</strong></p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p>Export Format</p>
<p>lijiani@tp-link. com. cn</p>
<p>LS * O ©</p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1687" height="1110" class="wp-image-3352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 27" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 267" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27.jpeg 1687w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27-1024x674.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27-768x505.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27-1536x1011.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-27-1200x790.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1687px) 100vw, 1687px" /></p>
<p>19</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Find the device ID on the product label and enter it into the blank, then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1432" height="1179" class="wp-image-3353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 28" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 268" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28.jpeg 1432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28-300x247.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28-1024x843.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28-768x632.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-28-1200x988.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1432px) 100vw, 1432px" /></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Enter the password of your device and click <strong>Verify</strong>.</p>
<p>Add Device x</p>
<p>O Verify Device O Complete</p>
<p>Please enter the password of the device for verification.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="985" height="336" class="wp-image-3354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 29" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 269" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-29.jpeg 985w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-29-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-29-768x262.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 985px) 100vw, 985px" /></p>
<p>Verify</p>
<p>20</p>
<p>Chapter 2</p>
<p>Add Devices to VIGI Security Manager</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• For the camera with no password, you need to set a password and a password reset email to enhance the security before adding it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1096" height="1188" class="wp-image-3355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 30" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 270" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-30.jpeg 1096w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-30-277x300.jpeg 277w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-30-945x1024.jpeg 945w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-30-768x832.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1096px) 100vw, 1096px" /></p>
<p><strong>Username </strong>Displays the username of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Password </strong>Set the password of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Confirm Password </strong>Confirm the password of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Password Reset </strong>Set the email address for resetting the camera’s password.</p>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<p>For the NVR that has not been used, create a login password on NVR itself and set it up first before adding it.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark56"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>. The device is now bound to your TP-Link ID.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1108" height="578" class="wp-image-3356" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 31" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 271" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-31.jpeg 1108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-31-300x156.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-31-1024x534.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-31-768x401.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1108px) 100vw, 1108px" /></p>
<p>21</p>
<p>(3)</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark59"></a> TP-Link ID Management</p>
<p>TP-Link ID can be used to view the Live View video and manage the devices remotely in multiple platforms. In VIGI Security Manager, you can log in with your TP-Link IDs and manage the devices bound to them. This chapter contains the following sections:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark60"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark64">Log In with Your TP-Link ID</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark61"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark72">Manage Your TP-Link ID</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark62"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark76">Change the Password</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark63"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark80">Log Out the TP-Link ID</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Chapter 3</p>
<p>TP-Link ID Management</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark67"></a> V 3. 1 Log In with Your TP-Link ID</p>
<p>You can log in to VIGI Security Manager with multiple TP-Link IDs and switch the login account whenever you want. After you logging in, the NVR can manage the devices bound with the logged TP-Link ID only.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark68"></a> If you have added local devices to the manager, a window will pop up after login. If you want to manage them via cloud services, click <strong>Bind </strong>to bind them with the logged TP-Link ID in batch; if not, click <strong>Cancel</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark69"></a> After login, the recording, storage and playback are not available for the cameras managed by VIGI Security Manager.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Log In</strong></p>
<p>When no account is logged in, follow the steps below.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark70"></a> Click <strong>Please log in. </strong>on the top-right corner and enter your TP-Link ID and password. You can enable <strong>Auto Login </strong>to allow the utility to remember your account and log in automatically when switching it as the logged account. Click <strong>Log In</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Log In</p>
<p><strong>Note: You&#8217; II need to add the local device(s) again after the login.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="673" height="544" class="wp-image-3357" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 32" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 272" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-32.jpeg 673w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-32-300x242.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 673px) 100vw, 673px" /></p>
<p>23</p>
<p>Chapter 3</p>
<p>TP-Link ID Management</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark71"></a> (Optional) Specify the description for the account. Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1311" height="871" class="wp-image-3358" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 33" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 273" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33.jpeg 1311w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33-1024x680.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33-768x510.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33-1200x797.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-33-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1311px) 100vw, 1311px" /></p>
<p>To log in with a new TP-Link ID, click the TP-Link ID on the top-right corner, click <strong>Add TP-Link ID</strong>, and then repeat the above steps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2108" height="1303" class="wp-image-3359" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 34" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 274" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34.jpeg 2108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-1536x949.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-2048x1266.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-1200x742.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-34-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2108px) 100vw, 2108px" /></p>
<p>24</p>
<p>Chapter 3</p>
<p>TP-Link ID Management</p>
<p><strong>Switch the Logged TP-Link Account</strong></p>
<p>To switch the logged TP-Link account, click the TP-Link ID on the top-right corner and select an account from the drop-down list. If you have enabled Auto Login for this account, wait for switching. If not, enter the password to log in.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="751" height="845" class="wp-image-3360" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 35" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 275" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-35.jpeg 751w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-35-267x300.jpeg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 751px) 100vw, 751px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark72"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark75"></a> V 3. 2 Manage Your TP-Link ID</p>
<p>On the Account Management panel, you can update the account information, change the order displayed on the top-right corner, and delete the account.</p>
<p>Note: The account that you log in with right now cannot be deleted. To delete it, switch the logged account first.</p>
<p>Follow the steps to manage your TP-Link ID.</p>
<p>1. Click the TP-Link ID on the top-right corner and click <strong>Manage TP-Link ID</strong>.</p>
<p>25</p>
<p>Chapter 3</p>
<p>TP-Link ID Management</p>
<p>2. In the pop-up window, select an account, enter the new account information, and click <strong>Save</strong>. Use the icons to adjust the displayed order and delete the account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1622" height="1494" class="wp-image-3361" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 36" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 276" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36.jpeg 1622w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36-300x276.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36-1024x943.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36-768x707.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36-1536x1415.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-36-1200x1105.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1622px) 100vw, 1622px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></td>
<td>If you changed your password on another device, enter the new password here to pass the authentication and log in automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td>Specify the description of this account. The description is only saved locally.</p>
<p>Click to adjust the displayed order of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>m</td>
<td>Click to delete the account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>26</p>
<p>Chapter 3</p>
<p>TP-Link ID Management</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark78"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark79"></a> V 3. 3 Change the Password</p>
<p>To change the password of a TP-Link ID, log in with the TP-Link ID first. Click the TP-Link ID on the top­right corner and click <strong>Change Password</strong>. Enter the current password and specify a new password.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p>Change Password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="603" class="wp-image-3362" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 37" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 277" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-37.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-37-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-37-768x519.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark83"></a> V 3. 4 Log Out the TP-Link ID</p>
<p>To log out the current account, click the TP-Link ID on the top-right corner and click <strong>Log Out</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2106" height="1287" class="wp-image-3363" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 38" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 278" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38.jpeg 2106w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-1024x626.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-1536x939.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-2048x1252.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-38-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2106px) 100vw, 2106px" /></p>
<p>27</p>
<p>(4)</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark86"></a> Live View</p>
<p>In Live View, you can monitor the channels in real time and respond to abnormal conditions with quick operations, such as starting recording and zooming in the image. This chapter contains the following sections:</p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark87">Configure the Screen Layout</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark98">Configure Live View Settings</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark108">Add and Manage Groups</a></p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark90"></a> V 4. 1 Configure the Screen Layout</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark94"></a> 1. 1 Enable/Disable Live View</li>
</ol>
<p>VIGI Security Manager displays the videos of each channel via several screens. Follow the steps below to flexibly enable or disable Live View function on channels to play the real-time video.</p>
<p><strong>Enable/Disable Live View for a Channel</strong></p>
<p>To enable Live View for a single channel, click a screen in Live View and click the channel on the right panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2108" height="1327" class="wp-image-3364" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 39" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 279" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39.jpeg 2108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-1024x645.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-1536x967.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-2048x1289.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-1200x755.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-39-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2108px) 100vw, 2108px" /></p>
<p>To disable Live View for a single channel, click a screen in Live View and click <strong>E3.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Enable/Disable Live View for Channels in Batch</strong></p>
<p>For the cameras managed by the NVR or added to a group, you can enable or disable Live View for channels in batches. To create groups, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark108"> 4. 3 Add and Manage Groups</a>.</p>
<p>29</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p>Right click an NVR or group on the right panel and click <strong>Enable Live View for All Channels</strong>. Then, Live View will be enabled on all channels that are managed by the NVR or added to the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2108" height="1328" class="wp-image-3365" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 40" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40.jpeg 2108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-1024x645.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-1536x968.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-2048x1290.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-1200x756.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-40-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2108px) 100vw, 2108px" /></p>
<p>To disable Live View in batches, right click an NVR or group on the right panel and click <strong>Disable Live View for All Channels</strong>.</p>
<p>30</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark97"></a> 4. 1.2 Rearrange the Layout</p>
<p>The manager supports ten layout modes, and each mode displays different numbers of screens. Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="61" class="wp-image-3366" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 41" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-41.jpeg 314w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-41-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></p>
<p>to select a layout mode and click</p>
<p>&lt; 1/16 &gt;</p>
<p>to change the page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2110" height="1327" class="wp-image-3367" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 42" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 282" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42.jpeg 2110w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-1024x644.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-1536x966.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-2048x1288.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-1200x755.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-42-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2110px) 100vw, 2110px" /></p>
<p>For the layout mode with multiple screens, you can change the location of a channel by clicking and dragging it to another location. To view a channel in the full screen, double click it. Double click it again to go back to multi-screen layout mode.</p>
<p>31</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark99"></a> V 4. 2 Configure Live View Settings</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark104"></a> 4. 2. 1 Configure Live View Settings via Toolbar</p>
<p>Click a screen in Live View and click the following icons to configure Live View settings, such as screenshot, digital zoom, and switching.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2110" height="1327" class="wp-image-3368" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 43" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43.jpeg 2110w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-1024x644.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-1536x966.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-2048x1288.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-1200x755.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-43-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2110px) 100vw, 2110px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="84" class="wp-image-3369" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 44" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 284"></p>
<p>Click to switch between high quality (HQ) and low quality (LQ) for Live View.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="85" class="wp-image-3370" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 45" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 285"></p>
<p>(Only for certain cameras) Click to turn on or off the volume.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="84" class="wp-image-3371" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 46" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 286"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="85" class="wp-image-3372" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 47" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 287"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="84" class="wp-image-3373" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 48" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 288"></p>
<p>Click to take a screenshot. To show the screenshot in the folder, click E3 at the top right corner. To change the path where the screenshots are stored, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark178"> 6. 4 File Settings</a>.</p>
<p>Click to start/end the recording manually. To show the recording in the folder, click B at the top right corner. To change the path where the recordings are stored, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark178"> 6. 4 File Settings</a>.</p>
<p>(Only for the camera with Pan&amp;Tilt) Click to enter the Preview of Pan&amp;Tilt. You can adjust the camera location and call the presets.</p>
<p>32</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="85" class="wp-image-3374" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 49" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 289"></p>
<p>(Only for cameras with microphone) Click the icon and then hold d to talk. With this function, your can talk to people in the monitor area in real time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="94" height="85" class="wp-image-3375" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 50" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 290"></p>
<p>SI</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="91" height="75" class="wp-image-3376" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 51" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 291"></p>
<p>Click the icon to turn your cursor into a magnifying glass. To zoom in, scroll up the mouse wheel or left click on the screen. To zoom out, scroll down the mouse wheel or right click on the screen.</p>
<p>Click SI to start Switching, whereby the manager turns pages in Live View regularly if the channels are displayed in more than one page.</p>
<p>Click E3 to end Switching.</p>
<p>If you want to change the switching interval, click the triangle and then enter the value or drag the pointer.</p>
<p>Click to view the video in full screen,</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark107"></a> 4. 2. 2 Configure Live View Settings for a Single Camera</p>
<p>Right click a single camera on the right panel to configure the aspect ratio, delivery, stream and quality of its channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2117" height="1334" class="wp-image-3377" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 52" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52.jpeg 2117w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-1024x645.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-768x484.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-1536x968.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-2048x1291.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-1200x756.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-52-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2117px) 100vw, 2117px" /></p>
<p><strong>Ratio</strong></p>
<p>Click to adjust aspect ratio. If you select <strong>100%</strong>, the screen will automatically adjust the<br />
ratio to fit the size of VIGI NVR Manager.</p>
<p>33</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delivery</strong></td>
<td>Click to specify the channel as a unicast or multicast channel. For detailed configurations, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark292"> 7. 6. 5 Configure Multicast (Only for Cameras)</a>.</p>
<p>Click to apply mainstream or substream to this channel, which may influence the video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Stream</strong></td>
<td>quality and fluency in Live View.</p>
<p>To view and configure Stream settings, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark227"> 7. 4. 1 Configure Stream Settings</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Quality</strong></td>
<td>Click to change the video quality of Live View into high quality (HQ) or low quality (LQ).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark111"></a> V 4. 3 Add and Manage Groups</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark114"></a> 4. 3. 1 Add Groups</p>
<p>Main groups and subgroups are used to classify the channels for easier management. You can enable or disable Live View for channels in the group simultaneously.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: When enabling or disabling Live View based on groups, this operation is not applied to the subgroups.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to add groups.</p>
<p><strong>Add a Main Group</strong></p>
<p>To add a group, click <strong>Group </strong>and then click E9 on the right panel. Enter the group name, select channels listed in Available Channels, and click <strong>Add</strong>. Click <strong>Up </strong>or <strong>Down </strong>to adjust the display order, or click <strong>Remove </strong>to remove the channel from the group. Click <strong>Confirm </strong>to add the main group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1810" height="1185" class="wp-image-3378" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 53" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 293" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53.jpeg 1810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53-1024x670.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53-768x503.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53-1536x1006.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-53-1200x786.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1810px) 100vw, 1810px" /></p>
<p>34</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><strong>Add a Subgroup</strong></p>
<p>To add a subgroup, click <strong>Group </strong>and right click a group on the right panel. Click <strong>Add Subgroup </strong>and enter the name. Then, you can drag the channel in the main group to the subgroup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2107" height="1320" class="wp-image-3379" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 54" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54.jpeg 2107w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-1024x642.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-2048x1283.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-54-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2107px) 100vw, 2107px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark116"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark117"></a> 4. 3. 2 Manage Groups</p>
<p><strong>Manage Channels in the Group</strong></p>
<p>To move a single channel to other groups or change its order in the list, drag the channel and move it.</p>
<p>35</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p>To manage the channels, click <strong>Group </strong>and right click a group on the right panel. Click <strong>Manage Group Channels</strong>. Select the channels to add, remove or reorder them in the group. Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2107" height="1319" class="wp-image-3380" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 55" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 295" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55.jpeg 2107w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-2048x1282.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-55-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2107px) 100vw, 2107px" /></p>
<p>36</p>
<p>Chapter 4</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p><strong>Rename the Group</strong></p>
<p>To rename a group, click <strong>Group </strong>and right click the group on the right panel. Click <strong>Rename </strong>and enter the name.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2107" height="1320" class="wp-image-3381" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 56" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 296" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56.jpeg 2107w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-1024x642.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-2048x1283.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-56-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2107px) 100vw, 2107px" /></p>
<p><strong>Delete the Group</strong></p>
<p>To delete a group, click <strong>Group </strong>and right click the group on the right panel. Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>37</p>
<p><strong><em>Playback</em></strong></p>
<p>This function allows you to play the history recordings and edit them, such as taking schreenshots and exporting clips. You can easily find the recordings based on the channel, date, and recording types. This chapter contains the following sections:</p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark119">Playback the Recordings</a></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark118"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark126">Playback Operations</a></p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark122"></a> V 5. 1 Playback the Recordings</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to start playback.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark123"></a> Click Playback on the top, and then click an NVR to select the channels from the right panel. Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: All the cameras managed by VIGI Security Manager directly are listed under the virtual NVR, and you can play the recordings of them only when the host manages them locally.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1261" class="wp-image-3382" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 57" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 297" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-57-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<p>39</p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark124"></a> Select the date from the calendar. The blue points on the calendar mean that the channels have recordings on that day.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1389" class="wp-image-3383" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 58" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 298" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58-1024x702.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58-1536x1054.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-58-1200x823.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark125"></a> (Optional) Select the recording types by clicking the checkboxes of <strong>Continuous Recording </strong>and <strong>Motion Detection Recordings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark126"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark129"></a> V 5. 2 Playback Operations</p>
<p>In Playback, you can use the toolbar and time bar at the bottom to adjust the display, edit and export the recordings.</p>
<p>40</p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark130"></a><strong>5. 2. 1 Basic Playback Operations</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2110" height="1447" class="wp-image-3384" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 59" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 299" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59.jpeg 2110w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-1024x702.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-1536x1053.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-2048x1404.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-59-1200x823.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2110px) 100vw, 2110px" /></p>
<p>n Click to rewind the recording. Click again to stop.</p>
<p>02 Click to fast forward the recordings. Click again to stop.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="110" height="55" class="wp-image-3385" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 60" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 300"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="70" class="wp-image-3386" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 61" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 301"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="61" class="wp-image-3387" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 62" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 302"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="59" class="wp-image-3388" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 63" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 303"></p>
<p>Jump forward by 30 seconds.</p>
<p>Select from the drop-down list to change the playing speed.</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Click the icon to turn your cursor into a magnifying glass. Scroll up/down the<br />
mouse wheel on the screen to zoom in/out.</p>
<p>Click to turn on or off the volume.</p>
<p>0</p>
<p>Click to take a screenshot. To open the saved path, click E3 at the top right<br />
corner. To change the saved path, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark178"> 6. 4 File Settings</a>.</p>
<p>Click to start/end the recording manually. To open the saved path, click E3<br />
at the top right corner. To change the saved path, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark178"> 6. 4 File Settings</a>.</p>
<p>41</p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>Click to display/hide the channel number in Playback.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark134"></a> 2. 2 Edit Recordings</li>
</ol>
<p>Follow the steps below to clip video files.</p>
<p>1. In Playback, specify a channel and date to list the recordings in the time bar. Click <strong>£3.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2020" height="1250" class="wp-image-3389" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 64" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 304" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64.jpeg 2020w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2020px) 100vw, 2020px" /></p>
<p>42</p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>2. Move on the time bar, or enter the start time and end time below to adjust the recording length. On the time bar, scroll up or down the mouse wheel to expand or contract the time line. Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2020" height="1595" class="wp-image-3390" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 65" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 305" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65.jpeg 2020w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65-300x237.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65-1024x809.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65-768x606.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65-1536x1213.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-65-1200x948.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2020px) 100vw, 2020px" /></p>
<p>43</p>
<p>Chapter 5</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>3. Select an export format and click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2020" height="1597" class="wp-image-3391" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 66" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 306" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66.jpeg 2020w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66-300x237.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66-1024x810.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66-768x607.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66-1536x1214.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-66-1200x949.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2020px) 100vw, 2020px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: This window will not pop up if you click <strong>Remember and don&#8217;t ask again </strong>or set the export format in Settings. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3325-bookmark182"> 6. 5 Export Format</a>.</p>
<p>44</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark137"></a> Recording and Storage</p>
<p>This chapter guides you on how to export recordings and configure recording and storage settings for your cameras. VIGI Security Manager allows you to set recording schedule templates and apply these templates to different cameras. You can also check and configure the storage settings for recordings and exported files. This chapter includes the following sections:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark138"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark143">Arrange Schedules for a Single Camera</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark139"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark166">Storage Management</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark140"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark170">Export Recordings</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark141"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark178">File Settings</a></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark142"></a><a href="#post-3325-bookmark182">Export Format</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark146"></a> 6. 1 Arrange Schedules for a Single Camera</p>
<p>Storage schedule section provides convenience and flexibility for the daily monitoring of your devices. You can enable and customize the recording schedule and storage settings for a single camera. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Storage Schedule </strong>to modify these settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you have logged in to your TP-Link ID, you can not arrange schedules for cameras. To modify these settings, log out of your TP-Link ID and manage devices locally.</p>
<p>Schedule</p>
<p><strong>Filter Qİ Batch Operation Pi Edit Schedule Ö Refresh</strong></p>
<p>TP-Link Camera 3</p>
<p>® Record on Computer</p>
<p>24/7 Recording</p>
<p><strong>Recording&#8230;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Record on Computer: </strong>Displays the cameras whose recordings are stored in the computer.</p>
<p>Filter</p>
<p><strong>Record on SD Card: </strong>Displays the cameras whose recordings are stored in the SD card.</p>
<p>Qİ Batch Operation</p>
<p>Enable/Disable record on your computer for all cameras.</p>
<p>Edit Schedule</p>
<p>Click to edit schedule templates for recording.</p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Click to refresh the camera list.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark149"></a> 6. 1. 1 Customize Schedule Template</p>
<p>Recording schedules include 4 fixed templates and 4 custom templates. In <strong>Storage Schedule</strong>, click <strong>(Z Edit Schedule </strong>on the top right to enter <strong>Edit Schedule Template.</strong></p>
<p>46</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>■ <strong>24/7 Recording</strong></p>
<p>24/7 Recording allows your camera to record continuously all the time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2112" height="1273" class="wp-image-3392" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 67" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 307" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67.jpeg 2112w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-1536x926.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-2048x1234.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-67-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2112px) 100vw, 2112px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>24/7 Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>24/7 Motion Detection allows your camera to record when motion detection is triggered.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2102" height="1177" class="wp-image-3393" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 68" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68.jpeg 2102w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-1024x573.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-1536x860.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-2048x1147.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-68-1200x672.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2102px) 100vw, 2102px" /></p>
<p>47</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>■ <strong>12h Weekday Recording</strong></p>
<p>12h Weekday Recording allows your camera to record continuously from 8:00 to 20:00 on weekdays.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2113" height="1254" class="wp-image-3394" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 69" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69.jpeg 2113w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-1024x608.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-768x456.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-1536x912.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-2048x1215.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-69-1200x712.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2113px) 100vw, 2113px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>24h Weekend Recording</strong></p>
<p>24h Weekend Recording allows your camera to record continuously all day on weekends.</p>
<p><strong>J tp-link I VIGI</strong></p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Schedule &gt; Edit Schedule Template</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Edit Schedule</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>24/7 Recording 24/7 Motion Detection 12h Weekday Recording 24h Weekend Recording Custom 1 Custom2 Custom 3 Custom 4</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>@ Continuous Recording O Motion Detection Fixed template. Unable to edit,</p>
<p>Storage Management</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p><strong>Mon</strong></p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p><strong>Tue</strong></p>
<p>Export Format</p>
<p>Wed</p>
<p><strong>Thu</strong></p>
<p>Friday</p>
<p>Sat</p>
<p><strong>Sun</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1203" height="565" class="wp-image-3395" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 70" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70.jpeg 1203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70-1024x481.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70-768x361.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-70-1200x564.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1203px) 100vw, 1203px" /></p>
<p>48</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>■ <strong>Custom Schedule</strong></p>
<p>You can customize the recording schedule according to your needs. For example, the camera will record based on a schedule of motion detection from 5:00-16:00 on weekdays; On weekends, the camera will record continuously from 1:30-23:00. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark150"></a> Select a custom template (custom 1).</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark151"></a> Click <strong>Motion Detection </strong>and drag the cursor on time bar to set 5:00 to 16:00 for continuous recording from Monday to Friday. The color of these rectangles will be changed to green.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark152"></a> Select <strong>Continuous Recording </strong>and drag the cursor to set 1:30 to 23:00 for motion detection recording on Saturday and Sunday. The color of these rectangles will be changed to blue. To enter the start and end time manually, click the time bar to select a rectangle first, then click the rectangle again.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark153"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2008" height="1159" class="wp-image-3396" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 71" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 311" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71.jpeg 2008w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71-1024x591.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71-768x443.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71-1536x887.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-71-1200x693.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2008px) 100vw, 2008px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark157"></a> 1.2 Configure Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>If you have not enabled recording function when adding the camera to VIGI Security Manager, follow the steps below to configure the storage settings. If you have already enabled this function, you can skip this section.</p>
<p>49</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Click the camera you want from the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2006" height="1254" class="wp-image-3397" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 72" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 312" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72.jpeg 2006w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-1024x640.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-1536x960.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-1200x750.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-72-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2006px) 100vw, 2006px" /></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click <sup>Enable Record on</sup> computer to configure storage settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1267" class="wp-image-3398" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 73" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-73-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<p>50</p>
<p>Chapter 6 Recording and Storage</p>
<p>3. Set the storage and recording settings.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Schedule</strong></td>
<td>Click 1 <sup>Change</sup> 1 to customize the recording schedule of the camera on computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage Location</strong></td>
<td>Click <sup>Browse</sup> to select the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>Set the storage space for storing the recordings on your computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Click the checkbox to enable loop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolution</strong></td>
<td>Select the recording resolution. HQ and LQ refers to the high and low recording resolution respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>4. Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark161"></a> 1.3 Configure Recording Schedule and View Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>You can check storage settings and apply the schedule templates to the cameras directly added to VIGI Security Manager.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The recording schedule of camera set on VIGI Security Manager will not be synchronized if you add this camera to your NVR later.</p>
<p>To apply the recording schedule to the camera, follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark162"></a> Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Storage Schedule</strong>, and click the camera you want to configure.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark163"></a> Enable <strong>Record on Computer</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark164"></a> Click i: u-» Template to select the schedule template according to your needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Only the cameras supporting motion detection function can apply the schedule of motion detection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark165"></a> Set the storage and recording settings.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage Location</strong></td>
<td>Displays the location where recordings are stored.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to check the storage location of files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage</strong></td>
<td>Displays the assigned capacity for storing camera recordings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear Recordings </strong>to delete all the recordings stored on your computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Displays the status of loop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Resolution</strong></td>
<td>Select the recording resolution. HQ and LQ refers to the high and low recording resolution respectively.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>51</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>5. Click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1916" height="991" class="wp-image-3399" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 74" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 314" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74.jpeg 1916w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74-1024x530.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74-768x397.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74-1536x794.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-74-1200x621.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1916px) 100vw, 1916px" /></p>
<p>52</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark169"></a> V 6. 2 Storage Management</p>
<p>To check the storage settings of your cameras directly added to VIGI Security Manager, go to <strong>Settings</strong></p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Storage Management</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you have logged in to your TP-Link ID, you can not modify storage settings. To modify these settings, log out of your TP-Link ID and manage devices locally.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2116" height="1337" class="wp-image-3400" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 75" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75.jpeg 2116w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-1024x647.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-768x485.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-1536x971.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-2048x1294.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-1200x758.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-75-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2116px) 100vw, 2116px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Device</strong></td>
<td>Displays the name of camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Storage Location</strong></td>
<td>Displays the location where recordings are stored.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Total Storage Capacity</strong></td>
<td>Displays the capacity for storing recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enable Loop Recording</strong></td>
<td>Displays the status of loop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Clear Recording</strong></td>
<td>Click to delete all the recordings stored on your computer.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark173"></a> V 6. 3 Export Recordings</p>
<p>To export the recordings of the NVR and cameras according to your needs, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Storage </strong>&gt; <strong>Export Recordings </strong>and follow the steps below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you have logged in to your TP-Link ID, you can not export recordings. To export recordings, log out of your TP-Link ID and manage devices locally.</p>
<p>53</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>■ <strong>Export Recordings From NVR</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the NVR you want and specify the channel from the drop-down list, select date and recording type, then click <strong>Search </strong>to filter files.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2026" height="629" class="wp-image-3401" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 76" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 316" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76.jpeg 2026w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76-1024x318.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76-1536x477.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-76-1200x373.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2026px) 100vw, 2026px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark174"></a> Select the recording files you want to export and click</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="226" height="71" class="wp-image-3402" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 77" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 317"></p>
<p>0 file(s) selected B Export 03 Export All</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Device</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Recording Type</td>
<td>File Size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel?</td>
<td>2020-08-26 23:50:33</td>
<td>2020-08-26 23:50:37</td>
<td>Continuous Recording</td>
<td>228.18KB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel?</td>
<td>2020-08-26 23:50:37</td>
<td>2020-08-27 08:58:32</td>
<td>Motion Detection</td>
<td>885.65MB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>2020-08-27 08:58:3?</td>
<td>2020-08-27 08:59:56</td>
<td>Motion Detection</td>
<td>2.95MB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel?</td>
<td>2020-08-27 08:59:56</td>
<td>2020-08-27 16:58:46</td>
<td>Motion Detection</td>
<td>1004.44MB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel?</td>
<td>2020-08-27 16:58:46</td>
<td>2020-08-27 21:22:49</td>
<td>Motion Detection</td>
<td>546.51MB</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>VIGI NVR</td>
<td>Channel?</td>
<td>2020-08-27 23:14:?5</td>
<td>2020-08-27 23:23:35</td>
<td>Motion Detection</td>
<td>16.26MB</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark175"></a> Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select the folder on your computer to store the exported files.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1719" height="937" class="wp-image-3403" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 78" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78.jpeg 1719w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78-1024x558.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78-768x419.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78-1536x837.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-78-1200x654.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1719px) 100vw, 1719px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark176"></a> Select the export mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Speed Mode: </strong>The export process is faster than that of compatibility mode.</p>
<p>54</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p><strong>Compatibility Mode: </strong>The exported recordings will be transcoded to H.264 which is compatible with various digital products.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark177"></a> Click <strong>Export </strong>and the files will be successfully exported.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2021" height="1194" class="wp-image-3404" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 79" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79.jpeg 2021w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79-1024x605.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79-768x454.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79-1536x907.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-79-1200x709.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2021px) 100vw, 2021px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Export Recordings From Camera</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the camera you want and the recording source from the drop-down list, select date and recording type, then click <strong>Search </strong>to filter files.</p>
<p><strong>,Op -link I VIGI</strong></p>
<p>IEJ</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>Storage Management</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p>Please log in.</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="955" height="303" class="wp-image-3405" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 80" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-80.jpeg 955w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-80-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-80-768x244.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 955px) 100vw, 955px" /></p>
<p>End Time</p>
<p>$ O</p>
<p><strong>□ X</strong></p>
<p>55</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Select the recording files you want to export and click <sup>E</sup> Export .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2031" height="594" class="wp-image-3406" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 81" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81.jpeg 2031w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81-300x88.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81-1024x299.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81-768x225.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81-1536x449.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-81-1200x351.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2031px) 100vw, 2031px" /></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select the folder on your computer to store the exported files.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1566" height="854" class="wp-image-3407" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 82" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82.jpeg 1566w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82-1024x558.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82-768x419.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82-1536x838.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-82-1200x654.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1566px) 100vw, 1566px" /></p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Select the export mode.</p>
<p><strong>Speed Mode: </strong>The export process is faster than that of compatibility mode.</p>
<p><strong>Compatibility Mode: </strong>Transcode the exported recordings to H.264 which is compatible with</p>
<p>various digital products.</p>
<p>56</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p>5. Click <strong>Export</strong>, and the files will be successfully exported.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2022" height="1215" class="wp-image-3408" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 83" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83.jpeg 2022w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83-1024x615.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83-768x461.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83-1536x923.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-83-1200x721.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2022px) 100vw, 2022px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark181"></a> V 6. 4 File Settings</p>
<p>You can select the storage location for the screenshots, videos recorded in playback and video clips. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Storage </strong>&gt; <strong>File Settings </strong>and click <strong>Browse </strong>to select the path. After you click <strong>Save</strong>, three folders, <strong>Picture</strong>, <strong>Video </strong>and <strong>Cloud</strong>, will be automatically created to store the corresponding files.</p>
<p><strong>■ Stp-link I VIGI</strong></p>
<p>IEI</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Save to</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>Storage Management</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p>Export Format</p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p>C:\Users\admin\Documents\TP-Link\VIGI Security Managed</p>
<p>Browse</p>
<p>After you take screenshots, record videos, or edit clips, folders will be automatically created by date under this path. The folders include:</p>
<p>Picture: Save the screenshot.</p>
<p>■i Video: Save recordings and clips.</p>
<p>Afolder named “Cloud” will be created automatically in this path. The cloud recordings downloaded will be saved to this folder.</p>
<p>■ Cloud: Download cloud recordings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="171" height="65" class="wp-image-3409" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 84" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 324"></p>
<p>Please log in.</p>
<p>3 o</p>
<p>x</p>
<p>57</p>
<p>Chapter 6</p>
<p>Recording and Storage</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark185"></a> V 6. 5 Export Format</p>
<p>You can set the export mode in advance to simplify the export process.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ask before each export</strong></td>
<td>You should select the export mode every time before exporting files.</p>
<p>Skip the pop-up window of export mode when exporting files. All the files will be exported using the selected mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Using the following mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Speed Mode: </strong>The export process is faster than that of compatibility mode.</p>
<p><strong>Compatibility Mode: </strong>The exported recordings will be transcoded to H.264 which is compatible with various digital products.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2122" height="1007" class="wp-image-3410" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 85" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85.jpeg 2122w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-1024x486.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-768x364.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-1536x729.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-2048x972.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-85-1200x569.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2122px) 100vw, 2122px" /></p>
<p>58</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark188"></a> Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>This chapter guides you on how to configure cameras and VIGI NVRs added to VIGI Security Manager. You can configure events on cameras, the information, display parameters and network settings of devices. For VIGI Security Manager, You can also check and configure system settings and upgrade its firmware. This chapter includes the following sections:</p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark189">View Device Information</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark201">Configure Basic Information</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark205">Configure Display Information</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark223">Configure Video</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark239">Configure Events (Only for Cameras)</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark267">Configure Network Settings</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark296">Cloud Service</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark301">Configure System Settings</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark314">Upgrade the Firmware</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3325-bookmark318">Remove Devices</a></p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark192"></a> V 7. 1 View Device Information</p>
<p>In Device List, all devices added to VIGI Security Manager are listed. If you have logged in with your TP- Link ID, only the devices bound with the TP-Link ID are listed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>q^tp-link 1 VIGI</strong></td>
<td>Bl ■ O O &#8211; □ x</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Live View Playback Settings a TP-Link Support Team_'&#8221; v</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>My Devices Discovered Devices</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device</td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device List</td>
<td>Q Device Name | Ö Refresh j | W Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware Update</td>
<td>□ Device Name Status IP Address MAC Address Operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>□ VIGI NVR1008H(UN) 1.0 Online Remote Device 08^07-06-00-1 B-E4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage Schedule</td>
<td>□ TP-Link Camera Online Remote Device 60-32-B1-5F-2C-B5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Recordings</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Settings</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Format</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Device Name</strong></td>
<td>Displays the device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td>Displays the connection status. If the device is offline, hover your cursor on O and follow the instructions for troubleshooting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IP Address</strong></td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the device when the device is in the same subnet with the manager host. When the device is not in the same subnet, <strong>Remote Device </strong>is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>MAC Address</strong></td>
<td>Display the MAC address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>@: Click to view more information of the device. For all managed NVRs and cameras, you can view their information in Device List. For cameras, you can also view system logs to monitor them.</p>
<p><strong>O: </strong>Click to configure the device functions, such as display information, network settings, and cloud service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>60</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark196"></a> 1. 1 View Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click in the list. Click <strong>Device Info</strong>. The following information are listed in the window.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TP-Link Camera</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Logs</td>
<td colspan="2">Device Information</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Info</td>
<td>Device Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>System Time:</td>
<td>2020-09-17 00:38:55</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Model:</td>
<td>VIGI C300HP-4</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Device Name:</td>
<td>TP-Link Camera</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Firmware Vers</td>
<td>1.0.1 Build 200529 Rel 58651n</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Network Information</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>IP Address:</td>
<td>10.0.0.4</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>MAC:</td>
<td>3C-84-6A-AF-96-50</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Stream Info</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Resolution:</td>
<td>2304*1296</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Bit Rate:</td>
<td>20</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Device QR Code</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Device Information</strong></td>
<td>Displays the system time, device model, device name, and firmware version.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Network Information</strong></td>
<td>Displays the IP address and MAC address of the device. If the manager does not display the IP address, check the network and try again later.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Stream Info</strong></td>
<td>(Only for cameras) Displays the resolution and bit rate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Device QR Code</strong></td>
<td>Display the QR code. You can scan it to add the device to VIGI app.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>61</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark200"></a> 1.2 View System Logs (Only for Cameras)</li>
</ol>
<p>System Logs are used to record the messages of cameras. To view system logs, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click in the list. Click <strong>System Logs </strong>on the left. Select a time range and click <strong>Search</strong>. The logs recorded in the time range will be listed in the table.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2020 |</td>
<td></td>
<td>nr</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td></td>
<td>Activity</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/16/2020</td>
<td>19:40:04</td>
<td>Switch to NIGHT (ILMN_236 &lt; d2n[4]_1525)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/16/2020</td>
<td>19:17:09</td>
<td>Switch to DAY (ILMN_171895 &gt; n2d[4]_9373)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/16/2020</td>
<td>18:05:49</td>
<td>Switch to NIGHT (ILMN.1511 &lt; d2n[4]_1525)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/16/2020</td>
<td>07:21:12</td>
<td>Switch to DAY (ILMNJ25317 &gt; n2d[4]_9373)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/16/2020</td>
<td>00:04:50</td>
<td>Switch to NIGHT (ILMN_46 &lt; d2n[4]_1525)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/15/2020</td>
<td>16:06:49</td>
<td>The user admin logged in. IP address: 10.0.3.110</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09/15/2020</td>
<td>16:06:49</td>
<td>The user admin logged in. IP address: 10.0.3.110</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>| Clear</td>
<td></td>
<td>Total: 7 result(s)</td>
<td>1/1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If needed, you can click <strong>Clear </strong>to delete all the logs.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark204"></a> V 7. 2 Configure Basic Information</p>
<p>You can modify the device name and channel name (only for NVR) in Basic Information. For local devices, you can also modify the password.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: To modify the password, log out the TP-Link ID first.</p>
<p>62</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2042" height="1387" class="wp-image-3411" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 86" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86.jpeg 2042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86-1024x696.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86-768x522.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86-1536x1043.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-86-1200x815.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2042px) 100vw, 2042px" /></p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click J in the list. Click <strong>Basic Information</strong>. To modify the name, enter the name and click <strong>Save</strong>. To modify the password, click <strong>Modify</strong>, enter the password and email address, and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2098" height="1298" class="wp-image-3412" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 87" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87.jpeg 2098w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-2048x1267.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-1200x742.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-87-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2098px) 100vw, 2098px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark208"></a> V 7. 3 Configure Display Information</p>
<p>In Display Information, you can configure the image effects, specify the privacy areas, and decide the information to display on the screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark211"></a> 7. 3. 1 Configure Image Effects</p>
<p>In Image, you can configure the parameters and functions to adjust the image effects.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure image settings.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark212"></a> Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>Display Information </strong>&gt; <strong>Image</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark213"></a> Configure the parameters and functions.</li>
</ol>
<p>63</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>For cameras, configure the following parameters and functions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1941" height="1202" class="wp-image-3413" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 88" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88.jpeg 1941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-1536x951.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-88-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1941px) 100vw, 1941px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Mirror</strong></td>
<td>Select a mirror mode. When you select <strong>Off</strong>, the image displays normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Day/Night Switch</strong></td>
<td>Select a method to switch the image settings of day and night. If you select <strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Scheduled</strong>, click the Day/Night tab and configure the settings respectively.</p>
<p><strong>Off</strong>: The camera applies the same image settings in a day.</p>
<p><strong>Auto</strong>: The camera switches the image mode of day and night automatically based on the light intensity.</p>
<p><strong>Scheduled</strong>: The camera switches the image mode of day and night at specified time. If you select this method, adjust the slide bar to specify the switch time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Brightness</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the brightness of image. The image gets brighter when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Contrast</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the contrast of image. The image contrast gets stronger when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Saturation</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the saturation of image. The color of image gets richer when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sharpness</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image. The image gets sharper when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>64</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Exposure</strong></td>
<td>Select a exposure mode.</p>
<p><strong>Auto</strong>: The camera adjusts the exposure automatically. If you select Auto, specify the exposure scale. The image gets brighter when the scale increases.</p>
<p><strong>Manual</strong>: The image exposure is fixed. If you select Manual, adjust the slide bar of Gain to specify the exposure gain, and select a shutter speed. The image gets brighter when the gain increases or the shutter speed gets slower.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Prevent</strong></p>
<p><strong>Overexposure to infrared light</strong></td>
<td>Select a mode to prevent overexposure to infrared light when objects get close to the camera at night. If you select <strong>Manual</strong>, adjust the slide bar to specify an exposure scale.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Infrared Light</strong></td>
<td>Select a mode to decide the usage of infrared light. The available options vary due to the mode you select in Day/Night Switch.</p>
<p><strong>Auto</strong>: The camera enables the infrared light automatically when it detects the environment turns dark, and disables when the environment is bright enough.</p>
<p>Specify <strong>Sensitivity </strong>to decide the light intensity that can trigger the switch of infrared light. The infrared light is easier to be triggered when the sensitivity decreases.</p>
<p>Enter <strong>Delayed Switch </strong>to decide how long the camera waits to enable or disable the infrared light when the environment reaches the light condition.</p>
<p><strong>Scheduled On/Off</strong>: Specify the time to enable and disable infrared light.</p>
<p><strong>Always On/Off</strong>: The camera enables/disables the infrared light all the time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>WDR</strong></td>
<td>WDR (Wide Dynamic Range) can improve the image effects in backlit scenes. If you select On, the camera balances the light of the brightest and darkest areas automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>BLC Area</strong></td>
<td>BLC (Backlight Compensation) can clear the dark area of the video. Select a position and the camera adjusts the exposure based on the light intensity in the area.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>65</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>White Balance</strong></td>
<td>Select a mode and the camera will adjust the color temperature to display the image approximated to the realistic vision effects.</p>
<p><strong>Auto</strong>: The camera adjusts the color temperature automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Daylight/Natural Light/Incandescent/Warm Light</strong>: The camera adjusts the color temperature to remove the color casts caused by the corresponding light.</p>
<p><strong>Current</strong>: The camera keeps the current color settings all the time.</p>
<p><strong>Custom</strong>: Adjust the slide bar to configure the color temperature, and the camera keeps the settings all the time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>For NVR, select a channel and configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1941" height="1201" class="wp-image-3414" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 89" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89.jpeg 1941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-89-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1941px) 100vw, 1941px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Brightness</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the brightness of image. The image gets brighter when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Contrast</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the contrast of image. The image contrast gets stronger when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Saturation</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the saturation of image. The color of image gets richer when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sharpness</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image. The image gets sharper when the value increases.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If you want to reset to the default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p>66</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark216"></a> 7. 3. 2 Configure Privacy Mask</p>
<p>In Privacy Mask, you can set privacy area in the image. The area cannot be recorded and monitored.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure Privacy Mask.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>Display Information </strong>&gt;</p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark217"></a> Enable Privacy Mask, select a channel (only for NVR), and draw the privacy areas on the preview screen (the dark squares in the picture below). Use the mouse to adjust the size and location of areas. To remove a certain privacy area, select it and click <strong>Delete</strong>. To remove all privacy areas, click <strong>Clear</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2024" height="1253" class="wp-image-3415" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 90" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90.jpeg 2024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-1536x951.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-90-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2024px) 100vw, 2024px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark218"></a> Click <strong>Save </strong>to finish the configuration.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to reset to the default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark221"></a> 7. 3. 3 Configure OSD</p>
<p>In OSD, You can configure OSD (On Screen Display) to edit the information displayed in Live View and recordings.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure OSD.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Display Information </strong>&gt; <strong>OSD</strong>.</p>
<p>67</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark222"></a> Select a channel from the drop-down list (only for NVR), configure displayed information and display effects. Click and drag the information in the preview screen to adjust the place. Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2024" height="1253" class="wp-image-3416" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 91" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91.jpeg 2024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-1536x951.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-91-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2024px) 100vw, 2024px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Date/Day</strong></td>
<td>Click to display or hide the time information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Channel</strong></td>
<td>Click the checkbox and enter the channel name to be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Note 1/2</strong></td>
<td>(Only for cameras) Click the checkbox and enter the note to be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Display Effect</strong></td>
<td>Select a display effect to display the information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Font Size/Color</strong></td>
<td>(Only for cameras) Select the font size and color of displayed information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If you want to reset to the default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark226"></a> V 7. 4 Configure Video</p>
<p>The NVRs and cameras supports two stream levels, main stream and substream, which determine the video parameters of live view and playback, such as resolution, image quality and so on. You can configure the stream settings and apply them to the NVR and cameras added to VIGI Security Manager. For cameras directly added to VIGI Security Manager, you can draw an area for your special concern and the image quality of this area will be better.</p>
<p>68</p>
<p>Chapter 7 Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark230"></a> 7. 4. 1 Configure Stream Settings</p>
<p>Stream settings can be adjusted to increase or decrease recording resolution and fluency. They also impact recording file size and available recording bandwidth. To select the main stream or substeam, go to <strong>Live View</strong>, right click the camera in the device list or the Live View screen, and click <strong>Stream</strong>.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the stream settings.</p>
<p>3. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O&#8217; in the list. Go to <strong>Video </strong>&gt; <strong>Stream</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2015" height="937" class="wp-image-3417" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 92" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92.jpeg 2015w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92-1024x476.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92-768x357.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92-1536x714.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-92-1200x558.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2015px) 100vw, 2015px" /></p>
<p><strong>Resolution</strong></p>
<p><strong>Frame Rate</strong></p>
<p><strong>Smart Coding</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark231"></a> Configure the parameters of main stream and substream based on your needs.</li>
</ol>
<p>Specify the resolution of the video stream. The screen displays images<br />
more clearly when the resolution increases.</p>
<p>Specify the frame rate of videos. The video is more fluent when the rate<br />
increases.</p>
<p>Enable Smart Coding to improve compression performance. The size<br />
of recording files will be smaller and recordings will use less bandwidth.</p>
<p>Select a type of bit rate.</p>
<p>VBR: The bit rate changes with the image within Maximum Bit Rate.</p>
<p>CBR: The bit rate is Maximum Bit Rate all the time.</p>
<p>When VBR selected as the bit rate type, set the video quality as high,<br />
medium, or low.</p>
<p>When VBR selected as the bit rate type, specify the upper limit of bit<br />
rate.</p>
<p>When CBR selected as the bit rate type, specify the bit rate.</p>
<p><strong>Bite Rate</strong></p>
<p><strong>Image Quality</strong></p>
<p><strong>Max. Bit Rate</strong></p>
<p>69</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Encoding</strong></td>
<td>Select the encoding type of the stream. Compared with H.264, H.265 is improved in reducing the file size and saving the bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark232"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark233"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark235"></a> 7. 4. 2 Configure ROI (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>In ROI (Region of Interest), you can configure the interest level of a specified area in each camera. The level ranks from 1 to 6, and the higher the ROI level, the better image quality.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Video </strong>&gt; <strong>ROI</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2012" height="1238" class="wp-image-3418" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 93" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93.jpeg 2012w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93-1536x945.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-93-1200x738.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2012px) 100vw, 2012px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark236"></a> Enable ROI.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark237"></a> Select the stream type and draw an area on the preview screen (the yellow square in the picture above). Use the mouse to adjust the size and location of areas.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark238"></a> Specify the ROI level and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark239"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark242"></a> V 7. 5 Configure Events (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>VIGI Security Manager allows you to configure the event settings for cameras to detect different types of events. You cameras monitor the user-defined areas and you’ll be automatically alerted to any suspicious activity in your home and office.</p>
<p>It is recommended to bind the cameras to your TP-Link ID and log in to your TP-Link ID on VIGI Security Manager before setting the events. To bind your devices, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices</strong></p>
<p>70</p>
<p>Chapter 7 Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>and click in the list. Then go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Cloud Service</strong>. You can receive alerts on your phone after you download VIGI app and log in with your TP-Link ID.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark245"></a> 7. 5. 1 Configure Basic Events</p>
<p>■ <strong>Motion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Motion detection allows cameras to detect the moving objects in the monitored area and triggers alarm actions. You can draw the monitored areas and customize the motion detection settings. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click &amp; in the list. Go to <strong>Event </strong>&gt; <strong>Basic Event</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2018" height="1314" class="wp-image-3419" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 94" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94.jpeg 2018w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94-1024x667.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94-768x500.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94-1536x1000.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-94-1200x781.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2018px) 100vw, 2018px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark246"></a> Click <strong>Motion Detection </strong>on the top right and enable <strong>Motion Detection.</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark247"></a> Adjust the sensitivity of motion detection. A higher value can trigger the motion detection more easily.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark248"></a> Draw the areas on the preview screen. If you click <strong>Full Area</strong>, the entire live view screen will be selected.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark249"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Camera Tampering</strong></p>
<p>Camera tampering is triggered when an area of camera’s lens is blocked, obstructed or vandalized. You can customize the camera tampering settings. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>71</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Event </strong>&gt; <strong>Basic Event</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2017" height="1237" class="wp-image-3420" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 95" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95.jpeg 2017w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-95-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2017px) 100vw, 2017px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark250"></a> Click <strong>Camera Tampering </strong>on the top right and enable <strong>Camera Tampering.</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark251"></a> Adjust the sensitivity of camera tampering. A higher value can trigger the camera tampering more easily.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark252"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark255"></a> 7. 5. 2 Configure Smart Events</p>
<p>■ <strong>Line Crossing Detection</strong></p>
<p>Line crossing detection is triggered when cameras detect that moving objects cross a customized virtual line. You can customize the line crossing detection settings and set the schedule for them to take effect. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>72</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Event </strong>&gt; <strong>Smart Event</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2019" height="1250" class="wp-image-3421" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 96" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96.jpeg 2019w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-1536x951.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-96-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2019px) 100vw, 2019px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <strong>Line Crossing Detection </strong>on the top right and enable <strong>Line Crossing Detection.</strong></p>
<p>73</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>3. Click <strong>Schedule</strong>. Click the time bar and enter the start time and end time manually. Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the week schedule for line crossing detection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1700" height="1503" class="wp-image-3422" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 97" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97.jpeg 1700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97-1024x905.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97-768x679.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97-1536x1358.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-97-1200x1061.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1700px) 100vw, 1700px" /></p>
<p>4. Draw lines on the preview screen. Select the area and configure its settings. The maximum number of customized lines is 4.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sensitivity</strong></td>
<td>Set the sensitivity of line crossing detection. A higher value can trigger the line crossing detection more easily.</p>
<p><strong>A-&gt;B: </strong>Only the object crossing the configured line from the A side to the B side can be detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Direction</strong></td>
<td><strong>A&lt;-B: </strong>Only the object crossing the configured line from the B side to the A side can be detected.</p>
<p><strong>A&lt;-&gt;B: </strong>The object goes across the configured line with both directions can be detected.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark256"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Area Intrusion Detection</strong></p>
<p>Area intrusion is triggered when the camera detects an intrusion in the specified areas. You can customize the area intrusion settings and set the schedule for them to take effect. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>74</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Event </strong>&gt; <strong>Smart Event</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2017" height="1246" class="wp-image-3423" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 98" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98.jpeg 2017w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-1536x949.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-98-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2017px) 100vw, 2017px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark257"></a> Click <strong>Area Intrusion </strong>on the top right and enable <strong>Area Intrusion.</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark258"></a> Click <strong>Schedule</strong>. Click the time bar and enter the start time and end time manually. Then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the week schedule for area intrusion detection.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1471" height="1301" class="wp-image-3424" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 99" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99.jpeg 1471w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99-1024x906.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99-768x679.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-99-1200x1061.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1471px) 100vw, 1471px" /></p>
<p>75</p>
<p>Chapter 7 Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark259"></a> Draw areas on the preview screen. Select the area and configure its settings. The maximum number of customized areas is 4.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sensitivity</strong></td>
<td>Set the sensitivity of area intrusion detection. A higher value can trigger the area intrusion detection more easily.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Percentage</strong></td>
<td>The area detection will be triggered when the ratio of the size of intrusive object to the intrusion area reaches the percentage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Duration</strong></td>
<td>Set the time for detecting the intrusion of objects. The interval should be no more than 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark260"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark262"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark263"></a> 7. 5. 3 Configure Exception Event</p>
<p>Exception event sets the maximum login attempts to protect the security of your cameras. VIGI Security Manager will be locked for 30 minutes if you enter the wrong password of your camera more than the specified attempts. Follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Event </strong>&gt; <strong>Exception Event</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2019" height="1252" class="wp-image-3425" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 100" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100.jpeg 2019w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-1024x635.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-1536x952.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-1200x744.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-100-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2019px) 100vw, 2019px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark264"></a> Enable <strong>Login Error Detection </strong>on the top right.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark265"></a> Set <strong>Max Login Attempts</strong>. The range is from 3 to 10.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark266"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>76</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark267"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark268"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark269"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark270"></a> V 7. 6 Configure Network Settings</p>
<p>In Network Settings, you can configure the IP address, MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit). For cameras not managed by the NVR, you can also configure the management ports and enable advanced functions, such as Port Forwarding, IP Restriction and Multicast.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark273"></a> 7. 6. 1 Basic and Advanced Network Configuration</p>
<p>In Network Configuration, you can configure the device to obtain an IP address automatically or assign a static IP address to it. If needed, you can also modify MTU.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the network.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark274"></a> Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Configuration</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark275"></a> Configure basic settings to configure the IP address.</li>
</ol>
<p>• To assign a static IP address to the device, select <strong>Static IP </strong>as the mode and configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1943" height="1202" class="wp-image-3426" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 101" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101.jpeg 1943w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-1200x742.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-101-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1943px) 100vw, 1943px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>IP Address</strong></td>
<td>Specify an IP address for the device. The IP address should be in the same segment as the gateway; otherwise, the device cannot connect to the internet.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Subnet Mask</strong></td>
<td>Enter the subnet mask.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>77</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><strong>Gateway</strong></p>
<p>Enter the IP address of the gateway device. This IP address<br />
should be in the same segment as the device’s IP address.</p>
<p><strong>Preferred/Alternate DNS </strong>Enter the IP address of the DNS server.</p>
<p>• To configure the device to obtain a dynamic IP address, select <strong>DHCP </strong>as the mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1943" height="1201" class="wp-image-3427" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 102" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102.jpeg 1943w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-1536x949.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-1200x742.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-102-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1943px) 100vw, 1943px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: A DHCP server (usually a router) is needed for the device to obtain a dynamic IP address.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark276"></a> (Optional) Specify MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) to decide the largest size of data unit that can be transmitted in the network. A larger unit can transmit more data in each packet, but it may increase the network delay because it needs more time to transmit.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark277"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark280"></a> 7. 6. 2 Configure Port Number (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>In Port Number, you can configure the HTTP port, RTSP port and service port that can be used to access the camera through the network. Also, the ports configured here are used for communications of corresponding protocols.</p>
<p>78</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>To configure ports, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click 0 in the list. Go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Port Forwarding</strong>. Configure the ports and click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2108" height="1161" class="wp-image-3428" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 103" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103.jpeg 2108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-1024x564.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-768x423.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-1536x846.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-2048x1128.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-103-1200x661.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2108px) 100vw, 2108px" /></p>
<p><strong>HTTP Port </strong>Specify a port for HTTP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP Port </strong>Specify a port for RTSP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>Video Service Port </strong>Specify a port for protocols of video services.</p>
<p>If you want to reset to default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark281"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark282"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark283"></a> 7. 6. 3 Configure Port Forwarding (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>Port Forwarding is used to establish the mapping between the internal port and external port. When Port Forwarding is enabled, you can access the device and watch the videos when accessing the external port remotely.</p>
<p>Note: The device should be connected to the internet, and Port Forwarding should be enabled on the gateway.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure Port Forwarding.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Port Forwarding</strong>.</p>
<p>79</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark284"></a> Enable Port Forwarding and specify a mapping type. If you select <strong>Auto </strong>as the mapping type, the mappings are established automatically. If you select <strong>Manual </strong>as the mapping type, click <strong>3 </strong>to specify the external port.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1253" class="wp-image-3429" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 104" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-104-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Port Type</strong></td>
<td>Displays the protocol type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Internal Port</strong></td>
<td>Displays the port of the device to be converted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>External Port</strong></td>
<td>Displays the external port opened by the gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Internal IP</strong></td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the device that needs to be converted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td>Displays the status of mapping.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark285"></a> Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>With Port Forwarding enabled, you can remotely watch the videos with the URL rtsp://A.B.C.D:Port/ streamN, for example, rtsp://10.0.1.47:28736/stream1. A.B.C.D is the WAN IP address of the gateway, and Port is the number of RTSP external port. N can be number 1 or 2 that indicates the stream, 1 for main stream and 2 for substream.</p>
<p>If you want to reset to default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark286"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark287"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark288"></a> 7. 6. 4 Configure IP Restriction (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>When IP Restriction is enabled, you can add IP addresses to the deny list or allow list to restrict the access to the camera. The IP address in the deny list cannot access the camera, while only the IP addresses in the allow list can access the camera.</p>
<p>80</p>
<p>Chapter 7 Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to add an IP address to the deny or allow list.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark289"></a> Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>IP Restriction</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark290"></a> Enable IP Restriction and select <strong>Deny List </strong>or <strong>Allow List</strong>. Click <strong>Add </strong>to enter the IP address and description. Click <strong>Save</strong>. Then the IP address is in the corresponding list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1252" class="wp-image-3430" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 105" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-1200x742.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-105-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark291"></a> Click <strong>Save </strong>in IP Restriction to finish the configuration.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to reset to default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark295"></a> 7. 6. 5 Configure Multicast (Only for Cameras)</p>
<p>When Multicast is enabled, you can watch videos using the multicast address and port.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure Multicast.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click in the list. Go to <strong>Network Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Multicast</strong>.</p>
<p>81</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>2. Select a stream and then enable Multicast. For the multicast address and port, you can disable Random IP Port and specify a static address and port, or enable it and use a random one. Click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2025" height="1253" class="wp-image-3431" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 106" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106.jpeg 2025w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-1536x950.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-106-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2025px) 100vw, 2025px" /></p>
<p>After Multicast enabled, you can watch the video with the URL rtsp://A:B:C:D/multicastStreamN, for example, rtsp://192.168.0.3/multicastStream1. A.B.C.D is the IP address of the camera, and N can be number 1 or 2 that indicates the stream, 1 for main stream and 2 for substream.</p>
<p>If you want to reset to default settings, click <strong>Reset</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark299"></a> V 7. 7 Cloud Service</p>
<p>VIGI Security Manager supports remote management with the support of TP-Link Cloud Services. With a TP-Link ID bound, you can remotely monitor your property through cameras on your computer.</p>
<p>If you want to bind or unbind your devices with your TP-Link ID, follow the steps below to finish the configuration.</p>
<p>82</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>&gt; <strong>My Devices </strong>and click &gt; in the list. Then go to <strong>Cloud Service </strong>and click <strong>Log in</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2106" height="1191" class="wp-image-3432" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 107" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107.jpeg 2106w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-1024x579.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-1536x869.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-2048x1158.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-107-1200x679.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2106px) 100vw, 2106px" /></p>
<p>2. You can enable Auto Login to allow the utility to remember your account and log in automatically when switching it as the logged account. Click <strong>Log In</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1228" height="980" class="wp-image-3433" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 108" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108.jpeg 1228w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108-300x239.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108-1024x817.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108-768x613.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-108-1200x958.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1228px) 100vw, 1228px" /></p>
<p>83</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Bind </strong>to bind all the devices added locally to your TP-Link ID. All the local devices will be bound automatically to your TP-Link ID.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1373" height="670" class="wp-image-3434" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 109" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109.jpeg 1373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109-1024x500.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-109-1200x586.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1373px) 100vw, 1373px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark300"></a> (Optional) After finish binding the devices, click <strong>Unbind </strong>if you want to unbind a certain device from</li>
</ol>
<p>your TP-Link ID.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1988" height="1234" class="wp-image-3435" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 110" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110.jpeg 1988w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-1024x636.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-768x477.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-1536x953.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-1200x745.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-110-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1988px) 100vw, 1988px" /></p>
<p>84</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark303"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark304"></a> V 7. 8 Configure System Settings</p>
<p>The system settings allow you to modify the name and password, set the time and reboot schedule for your devices. To configure system settings, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>and click O in the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2098" height="1299" class="wp-image-3436" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 111" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111.jpeg 2098w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-1024x634.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-1536x951.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-2048x1268.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-1200x743.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-111-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2098px) 100vw, 2098px" /></p>
<p>85</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark307"></a> 7. 8. 1 Configure Basic Settings</p>
<p>To modify the device name, channel name (only for NVR) and passwords of devices, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>and click O in the list. Then go to <strong>System Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Basic Settings</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2112" height="1104" class="wp-image-3437" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 112" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112.jpeg 2112w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-1024x535.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-768x401.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-1536x803.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-2048x1071.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-112-1200x627.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2112px) 100vw, 2112px" /></p>
<p>You can click <strong>Modify </strong>to change the password and email address for password reset.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You can only modify the password of local devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1204" height="1136" class="wp-image-3438" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 113" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113.jpeg 1204w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113-300x283.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113-1024x966.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113-768x725.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-113-1200x1132.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1204px) 100vw, 1204px" /></p>
<p>86</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark309"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark310"></a> 7. 8. 2 Configure Time Settings</p>
<p>VIGI Security Manager provides two methods to modify the system time. To configure time settings, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>System Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Time Settings</strong>.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Get Time from the Internet</strong></p>
<p>VIGI devices can use NTP (Network Time Protocol) to automatically get the system time from the Internet. You can also customize the NTP Server Address if you don’t want to get the time from the default NTP server address provided by NVR. Then select the time zone according to your region.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2104" height="1352" class="wp-image-3439" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 114" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114.jpeg 2104w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-1024x658.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-768x494.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-1536x987.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-2048x1316.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-114-1200x771.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2104px) 100vw, 2104px" /></p>
<p>87</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>■ <strong>Set Manually</strong></p>
<p>You can set the device time manually or click <strong>Get From PC </strong>to synchronize the device time with that of your PC.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2100" height="1302" class="wp-image-3440" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 115" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115.jpeg 2100w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-1024x635.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-1536x952.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-2048x1270.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-1200x744.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-115-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2100px) 100vw, 2100px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark312"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark313"></a> 7. 8. 3 Reboot Device</p>
<p>To reboot your devices instantly or set the reboot schedule, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List </strong>and click O in the list. Go to <strong>System Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Reboot</strong>.</p>
<p>88</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p>If you want to reboot your device based on a schedule, enable <strong>Scheduled Reboot </strong>and customize the schedule according to your needs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2098" height="1296" class="wp-image-3441" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 116" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116.jpeg 2098w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-1024x633.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-1536x949.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-2048x1265.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-116-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2098px) 100vw, 2098px" /></p>
<p>89</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark314"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark316"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark317"></a> V 7. 9 Upgrade the Firmware</p>
<p>VIGI Security Manager allows you to upgrade the firmware of your device automatically or manually. To upgrade a device solely or upgrade them in batches, go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device &gt; Firmware Update</strong>.</p>
<p>/5tp-link I <strong>VIGI</strong></p>
<p>a ©</p>
<p><strong>□ X</strong></p>
<p>Live View Playback Settings</p>
<p>IEI</p>
<p>Please log in.</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>| Ö Refresh</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="64" class="wp-image-3442" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-117.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 117" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-117.jpeg 338w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-117-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></p>
<p>□ No. Device Name</p>
<p>VIGI NVR1008H(UN) 1.0</p>
<p>± Update Manually T Auto Update</p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Hardware Version</p>
<p>Firmware Version</p>
<p>Status Operation</p>
<p>Storage</p>
<p>VIGI NVR1008H(UN) 1.0</p>
<p>1.0.1 Build 200722 Rel.70379n Online</p>
<p>Auto Update</p>
<p>Update Manually</p>
<p>Storage Schedule</p>
<p>Storage Management</p>
<p>Export Recordings</p>
<p>File Settings</p>
<p>Export Format</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Auto Update</strong></td>
<td>Select a device and click <strong>Auto Update </strong>to automatically upgrade your device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Update Manually</strong></p>
<p>Select a device and click Update Manually. Then import the update file and click <strong>Update</strong></p>
<p>T Update Manually</p>
<p>Click the checkboxes before devices and click ± update Manually to automatically upgrade your devices.</p>
<p>T Auto Update</p>
<p>Click the checkboxes before devices and click t Auto update. Then import the update file and click <strong>Update</strong>.</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>90</p>
<p>Chapter 7</p>
<p>Configure Your Cameras and NVRs</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark319"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark320"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark321"></a> V 7. 10 Remove Devices</p>
<p>To remove the devices from your VIGI Security Manager, follow the steps below.</p>
<p>1. Go to <strong>Settings </strong>&gt; <strong>Device List</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2014" height="1253" class="wp-image-3443" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 118" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118.jpeg 2014w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-1024x637.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-118-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2014px) 100vw, 2014px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark322"></a> Click the checkbox of devices and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3325-bookmark323"></a> Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1353" height="787" class="wp-image-3444" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 119" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119.jpeg 1353w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-119-1200x698.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1353px) 100vw, 1353px" /></p>
<p>91</p>
<p><a id="post-3325-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark325"></a><a id="post-3325-bookmark326"></a> System Management</p>
<p>This chapter guides you on how to view and manage the system of VIGI Security Manager. You can check the storage and CPU usage, configure system settings and update the software.</p>
<p>Chapter 8</p>
<p>System Management</p>
<p>You can check the storage and CPU usage, configure system settings and update the software on the top right corner.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2108" height="71" class="wp-image-3445" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 120" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120.jpeg 2108w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-300x10.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-1024x34.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-768x26.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-1536x52.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-2048x69.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-120-1200x40.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2108px) 100vw, 2108px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="119" class="wp-image-3446" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-121.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 121" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 361"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="130" height="131" class="wp-image-3447" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-122.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 122" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 362"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="120" class="wp-image-3448" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-123.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 123" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 363"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="120" class="wp-image-3449" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3325-124.jpeg" alt="word image 3325 124" title="VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide 364"></p>
<p>Hover the cursor above the icon to check the storage usage.</p>
<p>Hover the cursor above the icon to check the CPU usage.</p>
<p>Click the check box to configure the following system settings.</p>
<p><strong>Run at Windows Startup: </strong>Makes the software run automatically when your computer starts up.</p>
<p><strong>Enable Hardware Decoding: </strong>Allows your GPU (Graphics Processing Unit) to process certain video data, which will take load off the CPU and make the application run smoother.</p>
<p>When Closed: Choose to exit or minimize to tray when clicking</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>Click to check the software version and update VIGI Security Manager.</p>
<p>93</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 07:19:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3107</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#more-3107" aria-label="Read more about TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance wireless connections. The communication distance ranges from several kilometers to dozens of kilometers depending on your product models.<br />
You can use Pharos products in diversified network environments. This article introduces some common application scenarios, including <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Point (PtP)</span></a>, <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a> and <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor004" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</span></a>, one of which may be similar to yours.</p>
<p>If you want to set up a Wi-Fi hotspot outdoors like in a plaza or farm, use Omada Outdoor EAPs instead, such as EAP225-Outdoor and EAP110-Outdoor. That’s because Omada outdoor EAPs are designed to provide wireless access for mobile terminals, while Pharos devices are more suitable for long-distance communications. However, if you still want to use Pharos Products in that scenario, refer to Device A in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">1 Point to Point (PtP)</span></a> to set up the device.</p>
<p><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor000"></a>Point to Point (PtP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 1-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor001"></a>PtP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-2" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtP.png" alt="PtP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 491"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP application is to realize the communications between two isolated locations, such as two sites separated by a river, hill, railway, and so on. The wireless PtP link acts as a very long and invisible cable. It simplifies the network deployments because you do not need long-distance cabling between the two sides. To build a PtP link, you need two Pharos devices. We recommend that you configure one in AP Mode and the other in Client Mode.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor001" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Figure 1-1</span></a> shows a typical example of the PtP application: Bridging the internet connection from a downtown house to another house on a small island where no ISP provides internet access.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the downtown house, there are already a modem and router together to provide internet access for computers and mobile terminals. Configure Device A to work in AP Mode and connect it to the LAN port of the router. <span class="加粗">In AP Mode, Device A creates a Wi-Fi signal to the designated area so that wireless clients can access the network after connecting to it.</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the house on the island, configure Device B to work in Client Mode and connect it to the SSID of Device A wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In Client Mode, Device B acts as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from the remote root AP (Device A). </span>Connect it to a router or indoor AP via Ethernet cables, then mobile terminals like laptops and mobile phones can access the internet by connecting to the SSID of the router or indoor AP.</p>
<h2>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-guide/3089/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3050/how-to-setup-email-notifications-via-gmail/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1117/sadp-tool-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">SADP Tool Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">2</span><a id="_idTextAnchor002"></a>Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 2-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor003"></a>PtMP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-3" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtMP.png" alt="PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 492"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP application is often used when multiple sites need to connect to a remote center. The device at the remote center usually works in AP Mode and the others work in Client Mode. To cover all the Clients, the AP should have a wide enough beamwidth. A WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="超链接">Figure 2-1</span> shows a typical PtMP application. A company has three warehouses that are located far away from the head office. It plans to construct a PtMP link to realize remote monitoring of the warehouses from the head office.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">To construct the PtMP link, for the head office, configure Device D to work in AP Mode and connect it to the switch that the Monitoring Host is connected to. For the warehouses, configure the Pharos devices to work in Client Mode. Connect them to the SSID of Device D wirelessly, and to the cameras via Ethernet cables. Then the four sites form a local area network and employees in the head office can monitor the warehouses in real time via the Monitoring Host.</p>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">3</span><a id="_idTextAnchor004"></a>Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 3-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor005"></a>WISP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-4" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/WISP-PtMP.png" alt="WISP PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 493"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">When providing internet service for some remote areas that have no wired internet access yet, ISPs usually choose a wireless solution instead of a wired solution to avoid cabling over long distances. The WISP application is often used in this kind of scenario. <span class="超链接">Figure 3-1</span> shows the network topology. As you can see, it is a combination of PtP and PtMP applications.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For this scenario, subscribers are often kilometers away from each other. Find a place that is approximately the center of the subscribers and suitable to install Pharos devices, and mark it as Site 2. Then find the nearest location to Site 2 that has internet access, and mark it as Site 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP link is to realize the long-distance wireless connection between Site 1 and Site 2.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 1, deploy a device (Device 1) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to the existing network via Ethernet cables.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 2) and configure it to work in Client Mode. Then connect it to the SSID of Device 1 wirelessly so that it can communicate with Device 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptmp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtMP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP link is the last mile of the internet connections to the subscribers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 3) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to Device 2 via Ethernet cables. Device 3 is used to provide wireless coverage for the subscribers. As mentioned in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">2 Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a>, a WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended. If Device 3 cannot cover all the subscribers, deploy more devices in different directions to achieve the goal.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the devices at subscribers’ homes like Device 4 and Device 5, there are two configuration choices:</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 1: Client Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">This is the most common use, and a Wi-Fi router is needed.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 4) to work in Client Mode. Connect it to the ISP’s network wirelessly, and to a Wi-Fi router via Ethernet cables. Computers and Mobile terminals can access the internet by connecting to the Wi-Fi router.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 2: AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">AP Client Router Mode is used in the following two scenarios:</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The ISP needs to have good control of user networks, like limiting the ingress and egress bandwidth of the user networks.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The user has no Wi-Fi routers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 5) to work in AP Client Router Mode and connect it to Device 3 wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In AP Client Router Mode, Device 5 acts as a wireless client in the ISP’s network and a wireless NAT router in the user network.</span> Both wired and wireless terminals can access the internet after connecting to Device 5. No extra Wi-Fi router is needed, but there are some concerns to take into consideration.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The installation position for Device 5 has more stringent requirements than that for Device 4 in Choice 1. In addition to ensuring that Device 5 can communicate with Device 3, you should also ensure that its wireless coverage range can cover the areas where the subscriber needs to access the internet.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>Mobile terminals that are far away from the Pharos device may fail to connect to the wireless network although they can scan it. This is because the mobile terminals are in the coverage range of the Pharos device, but the Pharos device is not in their range. For more details, refer to <span class="超链接">Why Does My Cellphone Fail to Connect to the Remote Outdoor Access Point?</span></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark2"></a> Operation Modes</p>
<p>The Pharos series products support multiple operation modes to satisfy user’s diverse network requirements. This chapter introduces typical usage scenarios of different modes. For more information, refer to Common Applications for Pharos Products.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark3"></a><em>Access Point</em></li>
<li><em>Client</em></li>
<li><em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em></li>
<li><em>AP Router</em></li>
<li><em>Repeater</em></li>
<li><em>Bridge</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode or Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark9"></a> Access Point</li>
</ol>
<p>In Access Point (AP) Mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients, thus the AP Mode is applicable to the following three scenarios. Meanwhile, Multi-SSID function can be enabled in this mode, providing up to four wireless networks with different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 1</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="333" class="wp-image-3108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 1" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 494" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg 364w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="41" class="wp-image-3109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 2" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 495"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="172" class="wp-image-3110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 3" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 496"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.7.2</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the network coverage in the remote areas without long­distance cabling.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In the adjacent town covered by wired network, ISP (Internet Service Provider) can put up a device in AP Mode to access the internet and transform wired signal into wireless one. In the remote area, users can put up a device in AP Client Router Mode to access the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Transmit data wirelessly across a long distance and reduce the cabling cost.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="172" class="wp-image-3111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 4" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 497" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 5" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 498" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 6" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 499"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 7" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 500"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Combine two separate office networks into one.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Mode connects to one office network and creates a wireless network. The device in Client Mode connects to the other office network and the wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="192" class="wp-image-3115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 8" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 501" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><strong>Advantages: </strong>Establish a point-to-point WLAN across a long distance to achieve the connectivity between two networks and avoid the cabling trouble.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 3</strong></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or public place to provide wireless access for users.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>With the access to campus wired network or other wired local area networks, the device in AP Mode provides the wireless access for wireless clients, such as smart phones, laptops and tablets to connect to the network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Enrich the access ways of local area network and extend the network coverage.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark18"></a> Client</li>
</ol>
<p>For the device in Client Mode, the most common usage scenario is point-to-point networking. The device is used to transform wireless signal into wired one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 9" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 502" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 10" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 503" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 11" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 504"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 12" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 505"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Help the wired devices to connect to the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In Client Mode, the device actually serves as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from root AP or Station. In this case, wired devices can access the wireless network by connecting to the device in Client Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark23"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</li>
</ol>
<p>In AP Client Router Mode, the device access the internet provided by WISP (Wireless Internet Service Provider) through wireless connection. For the downstream clients, the device serves as a normal home wireless router. It can provide wired connection and wireless connection simultaneously.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="328" class="wp-image-3120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 13" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg 69w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13-63x300.jpeg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 69px) 100vw, 69px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="44" class="wp-image-3121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 14" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 507"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="44" class="wp-image-3122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 15" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 508"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="206" class="wp-image-3123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 16" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 509" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg 523w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></p>
<p>WISP’s network</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Get internet service from WISP.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in Client Router Mode connects to WISP wirelessly for internet service. It provides both wired access and wireless access for the clients.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark28"></a> AP Router</li>
</ol>
<p>The device in AP Router Mode serves as a normal home wireless router but provides a wider wireless network range.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="205" class="wp-image-3124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 17" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 510" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg 328w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="64" class="wp-image-3125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 18" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 511"></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or other public places and so on.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Router Mode connects to root ADSL/Cable Modem for internet access. Meanwhile, it creates a wireless network for the wireless clients to connect to the internet.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the device cannot be managed directly through the port connected to ADSL/Cable Modem. To manage the device, connect the management host to the device wirelessly or via the other LAN port.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark33"></a> Repeater</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Repeater Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network. The SSID and encryption type of the device should be the same as those of the root AP.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark38"></a> Bridge</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Bridge Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network.</p>
<p>The SSID and encryption type of the device can be different from those of the root AP.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark41"></a> Quick Start</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to quickly build a wireless network in different operation modes. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark42"></a><em>Check the System Requirements</em></li>
<li><em>Log In to the Device</em></li>
<li><em>Set Up the Wireless Network</em></li>
<li>Check the System Requirements</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark50"></a><strong>Operating System:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark51"></a><strong>Web Browser</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark56"></a> Log In to the Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark57"></a> Connect your PC to the device.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark58"></a> Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-3126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 19" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 512" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>3. Launch a web browser on and enter <strong>the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default) </strong>in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="65" class="wp-image-3127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 20" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 513" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark59"></a> Use <strong>admin </strong>for both of <em>User Name</em> and <em>Password.</em> Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. Read and agree the terms of use, then click <em>Login.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="395" class="wp-image-3128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 21" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 514" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark60"></a> Create a new username and password for network security. Click <em>Finish</em> to log in to the PharOS.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="272" class="wp-image-3129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 22" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 515" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark65"></a> Set Up the Wireless Network</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by- step instructions.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark68"></a> Access Point</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark69"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Access Point</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="34" class="wp-image-3130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 23" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 516"></p>
<p><strong>■Jtp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: | Access Point</p>
<p>About Support Log Out</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS</p>
<p>MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<p>(•) Access Point</p>
<p>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode.</p>
<p>which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>O Client</p>
<p>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapterto receive wireless signals from</p>
<p>your wire I ess network.</p>
<p>O Repeater</p>
<p>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal,</p>
<p>especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</p>
<p>O Bridge</p>
<p>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a rootAP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</p>
<p>O AP Router</p>
<p>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet. The wireless ports share the same IP address as</p>
<p>the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</p>
<p>O AP Client Router (WISP Client) In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same</p>
<p>IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port</p>
<p>in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark70"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="568" class="wp-image-3131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 24" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 517" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark71"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 25" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark72"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="619" class="wp-image-3133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 26" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 519" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark75"></a> Client</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark76"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Client</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>o Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark77"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-3134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 27" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 520" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-768x497.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark78"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="617" class="wp-image-3135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 28" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 521" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark79"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark80"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 29" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 522" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark81"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="586" class="wp-image-3137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 30" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark84"></a> Repeater</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="25" class="wp-image-3138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 31" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 524"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark85"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Repeater</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 32" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 525"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: Client</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark86"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="578" class="wp-image-3140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 33" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark87"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-3141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 34" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-768x502.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark88"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark89"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark90"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 35" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark93"></a> Bridge</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark94"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Bridge</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 36" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 529"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(S) Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark95"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="572" class="wp-image-3144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 37" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark96"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-3145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 38" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark97"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark98"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark99"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 39" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 532" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark100"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 40" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark103"></a> AP Router</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark104"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Router</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 41" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 534"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click Yes.</p>
<p>• For devices with one Ethernet port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="181" class="wp-image-3149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 42" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. If you want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>For devices with two Ethernet ports.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="214" class="wp-image-3150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 43" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-768x180.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the Port1 of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If your want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark105"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, specify the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 44" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP.</em> Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 45" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>WAN Settings</p>
<p>IP Address: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Default Gateway: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: [ 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>] (Optional)</p>
<p>Back Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark106"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-3153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 46" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark107"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 47" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark110"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark111"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>q^tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click <em>Yes</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="181" class="wp-image-3155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 48" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Client Router (WISP Client) as the operation mode, you will not access the device through the WISP network after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the port of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If you want to manage the device through the WISP network, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark112"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, choose the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="593" class="wp-image-3156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 49" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-768x500.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP</em> for the WAN connection. Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 50" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 51" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark113"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="617" class="wp-image-3159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 52" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 545" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark114"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Back</strong></p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark115"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark116"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 53" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark117"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 54" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark124"></a> Monitor the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to monitor the running status and statistics of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark125"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark138"><em>View the Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark126"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark143"><em>View the Wireless Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark127"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark148"><em>View Wireless Signal Quality</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark128"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark118"><em>View Radio Status</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark129"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark153"><em>View the LAN Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark130"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark158"><em>View the WAN Settings</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark131"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark163"><em>37 Monitor Throughput</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark132"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark168"><em>Monitor Stations</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark133"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark173"><em>Monitor Interfaces</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark134"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark178"><em>Monitor ARP Table</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark135"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark183"><em>Monitor Routes</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark136"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark188"><em>Monitor DHCP Clients</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark137"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark193"><em>Monitor Dynamic WAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark142"></a> View the Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Device Information </strong>section, view the basic information of the device. To configure the device information, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark349"> <em>7. Configure the System</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>Device Information</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE 510</p>
<p>Device Model: CPE510 v30</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.0 0 Build 20160908 Rel. 36610 (5553)</p>
<p>System Time: 2015-01-01 04:37:41</p>
<p>Uptime: 0 days 04:37:43</p>
<p>CPU: I 1%</p>
<p>Memory: 53%</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the name of the device. By default, it is the product model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Model</td>
<td>Displays the product model and the hardware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</td>
<td>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>Displays the current system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the running time of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Displays the CPU occupancy.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Memory</p>
<p>Displays the memory occupancy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark147"></a> View the Wireless Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Settings </strong>section, view the parameters of the wireless network created by the device. To configure the parameters, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="328" class="wp-image-3162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 55" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 548" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Displays the status of the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Displays the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Displays the channel and frequency which are currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Displays the channel width which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IEEE802.11</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>Displays the IEEE802.11 protocol currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the maximum data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Displays the antenna that you use.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td>Displays the transmit power which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance</td>
<td>Displays the wireless coverage distance. In the coverage of the device, the clients can be placed to get good wireless performance.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark152"></a> View Wireless Signal Quality</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Signal Quality </strong>section, view the current signal quality of the upstream wireless network. It is only applicable for the Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Modes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="188" class="wp-image-3163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 56" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 549" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>Signal Strength Displays the received wireless signal strength of the root AP. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displyed separately in Horizontal/Vertical Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</p>
<p>Noise Strength Displays the received environmental noise from wireless interference on the operating frequency.</p>
<p>SNR Displays the Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) of the device. SNR refers to</p>
<p>the power ratio between the received wireless signal strength and the environmental noise strength. The larger SNR value is, the better network performance the device can provide.</p>
<p>Transmit CCQ Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark121"></a> View Radio Status</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Radio Status </strong>section, view the radio status of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="610" class="wp-image-3164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 57" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57-268x300.jpeg 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>AP Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>AP</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless AP function. With this enabled, the device can provide a wireless network for the clients. By default, it is enabled in Access Point, Repeater, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name (SSID) created by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the clients should be the same as that on this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connected</p>
<p>Stations</td>
<td>Displays the number of the connected stations.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Client Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless client function. With this function enabled, the device can connect to the root AP through wireless connection. By default, it is enabled in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Access Point and AP Router Modes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the device should be the same as that on the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="264" class="wp-image-3165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 58" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>WDS</p>
<p>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless Distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used during the connection process between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames using four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames using three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Root AP BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID (Basic Service Set ID) of the root AP. BSSID is used to identify a BSS. Each BSS has its own BSSID. The BSSID is decided by the manufacturers, and it is usually related to the device&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Root AP SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name of the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the receiving of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the amount of time the device has been connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark157"></a> View the LAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, view the LAN information of the device. To configure the LAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port MAC address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port IP address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the LAN.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the current status of the LAN Ethernet port connections and the Maximum transmission rate of the plugged port.</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix Displays the LAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark161"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark162"></a> View the WAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="413" class="wp-image-3166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 59" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /> Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, view the WAN information of the device. To configure the WAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Connection Type</td>
<td>Displays the connection type of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Server</td>
<td>Displays the DNS server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix</td>
<td>Displays the WAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default IPv6 gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 DNS</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 DNS server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark167"></a> Monitor Throughput</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Throughput</em> and monitor the current data traffic of specified interfaces including LAN, WAN, WLAN, WWAN and BRIDGE. Note that the interfaces which you can monitor are different among different operation modes.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="313" class="wp-image-3167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 60" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-768x267.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark169"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark172"></a> Monitor Stations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Stations</em> and monitor the information of all the stations that are connected to the device.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Signal / Noise(dBm) ChainO/Chainl</td>
<td>CCQ</p>
<p>(%)</td>
<td>Negotiated Rate (Mbps)</td>
<td>Data TX / RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Connection Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</td>
<td>CPE 510</td>
<td>TP-Link_Outdoo r_EF44BC</td>
<td>-44/-34.-90/-90</td>
<td>93</td>
<td>300.0</td>
<td>169/3962</td>
<td>0.00</td>
<td>192.168.0.100</td>
<td>0 days 00:04:01</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&lt; Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID that the station is connected to.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength and the noise strength of the wireless network. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displayed separately in Chain0/Chain1 Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CCQ (%)</p>
<p>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>Negotiated Rate Displays the negotiated rates of the packets which the device transmits to</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Data TX/RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>Displays the distance between the device and the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the connection duration.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><sup>(Mbps)</sup> the station.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the MAC Address of a station to view the detailed information.</p>
<p>Station E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name:</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Negotiated Rate Last Signal. dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Product:</td>
<td></td>
<td>6.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware:</td>
<td></td>
<td>9.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Time:</td>
<td>00:10:30</td>
<td>12.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Signal:</td>
<td>-33 dBm</td>
<td>18.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">24.0Mbps</td>
<td>-33</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Noise Floor:</td>
<td rowspan="2">-90 dBm</td>
<td rowspan="2">N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">36.0Mbps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ:</td>
<td>100%</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>48.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP:</td>
<td>192.1680 101</td>
<td>54.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate:</td>
<td>300.0Mbps/24.0Mbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate:</td>
<td>0.00kbps /0.00kbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets:</td>
<td>553/2241</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate.pps:</td>
<td>0/0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Transmitted:</td>
<td>87653 (85.60kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received:</td>
<td>169733 (165.75kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Device Name Displays the device name of the station.</p>
<p>Product</p>
<p>Displays the product name of the station.</p>
<p>Firmware Displays the firmware version of the station.</p>
<p>Connection Time Displays the connection duration.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ</td>
<td>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the negotiated rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets</td>
<td>Displays the total number of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate, pps</td>
<td>Displays the packet rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes</p>
<p>Transmitted</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device transmits to the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Negotiated Rate</td>
<td>Displays the possible negotiated rates of the packets which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last Signal, dBm</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last packet which the device receives from the station at the corresponding negotiated rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>RX Signal</p>
<p>Displays the signal strength of the wireless network.</p>
<p>Click the IP Address of a station to access the web management page of the station.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark177"></a> Monitor Interfaces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Interfaces</em> and monitor the relevant information of the interfaces.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Throughput Stations Interfaces</td>
<td>ARP Table</td>
<td colspan="2">Routes DHCP Clients</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>RX Packets</td>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LAN1</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</p>
<p>fe80::203:7fff:feff:fffe/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40336</td>
<td>5M</td>
<td>13691</td>
<td>4M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>192.168.0.251 fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40245</td>
<td>4M</td>
<td>13697</td>
<td>3M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WLANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>O.O.O.O fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address and IPv6 address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>Displays the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the interface. It is the maximum packet size (in bytes) that the interface can transmit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark182"></a> Monitor ARP Table</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>ARP Table</em> and monitor the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) information recorded by the device.</p>
<p>ARP is used to associate each IP address to the unique hardware MAC address of each device on the network.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.200</td>
<td>00-19-66-35-E1-B0</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.16</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-13-23-7B</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.61</td>
<td>F4-F2-6D-C 3-28-62</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>169.254.60.119</td>
<td>DC-9B-9C-D 3-17-61</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Z Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark187"></a> Monitor Routes</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Routes</em> and monitor the routing entries recorded by the device in the Routing table. Routing table is used for the device to decide the interface to forward the packets. You can enable or disable <em>Auto Refresh.</em> With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="324" class="wp-image-3168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 61" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 554" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>IPv4 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SubnetMask</td>
<td>Displays the Subnet Mask of the destination network.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</p>
<p>Interface</p>
<p>IPv6 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark188"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark192"></a> Monitor DHCP Clients</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>DHCP Clients</em> and monitor the information of all the DHCP clients.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Throughput Stations Interfaces</strong></td>
<td><strong>ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</strong></td>
<td><strong>Dynamic WAN</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Lease Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jim</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-21-01-10</td>
<td>192.168.0.102</td>
<td>0 days 01:57:57</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">* Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address that the device assigned to the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lease Time</td>
<td>Displays the time that the client leased. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark196"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark197"></a> Monitor Dynamic WAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode when the WAN connection type is PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or Dynamic.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Dynamic WAN</em> and monitor the WAN connection status of the device. You can enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Status: Disconnected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>IP Address: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 0 0 0 0</p>
<p>Obtain</p>
<p>Gateway IP: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS:</p>
<p>Status: Connected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS:</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask:</p>
<p>Release</p>
<p>Gateway IP:</p>
<p>± Auto Refresh</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IP address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IPv6 address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IPv6 address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark201"></a> Configure the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the network parameters and the advanced features, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark202"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark210"><em>Configure WAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark203"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark220"><em>Configure LAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark204"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark240"><em>Configure Management VLAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark205"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark245"><em>Configure the Forwarding Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark206"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark250"><em>Configure the Security Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark207"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark257"><em>Configure Access Control</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark208"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark263"><em>Configure Static Routing</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark209"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark270"><em>Configure Bandwidth Control</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark277"><em>49 Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark214"></a> Configure WAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>WAN submenu is used to create the WAN connection and configure the related advanced</p>
<p>parameters.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, configure the WAN parameters of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="242" class="wp-image-3169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 62" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 555" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-768x198.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the WAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark215"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports five types: Static, Dynamic, PPPoE, L2TP, and PPTP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>This connection type uses a permanent, fixed (static) IP address that is assigned by your ISP. In this type, you should fill in the IP address, Netmask, Gateway IP, and DNS IP address manually, which are assigned by your ISP.</p>
<p>WAN</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="296" class="wp-image-3170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 63" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter alternative DNS IP address if your ISP provides it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: H Enable 0 IPv6 Address: • Static Q) SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64 |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Gateway.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Primary DNS.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0 IPv6 Address: O Static SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the MAC address of WAN interface. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p>For this connection, your ISP uses a DHCP server to assign your router an IP address for connecting to the internet. You don&#8217;t need to configure any parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="313" class="wp-image-3171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 64" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 557" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If your ISP gives you one or two DNS IP addresses, select Use These DNS Servers and enter the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS into the correct fields. Otherwise, the DNS servers will be assigned from ISP dynamically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter another DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>If your ISP delivers internet through phone line and provides you with username and password, you should choose this type. Under this condition, you should fill in both User Name and Password that the ISP supplied. Note that these fields are case-sensitive.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="545" class="wp-image-3172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 65" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>User Name Enter the User Name that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Password Enter the Password that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="93" class="wp-image-3173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 66" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 559"> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>On Demand</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>minutes</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark216"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark217"></a><strong>Time-based</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect based on time. Enter the start time in From (HH:MM) for connecting and end time in To (HH:MM) for disconnecting. If you need to control the time period of internet access, choose this mode.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>From(HH:MM):</p>
<p>To(HH:MM):</p>
<p>• <strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>1 minutes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Second</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Second Connection is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP provides an extra Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>The Secondary Connection is disabled by default, so there is PPPoE connection only. This is recommended.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address O Static (§) SLAAC Q DHCPv6 </strong>Q</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: M Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address: O Stade Q SLAAC @ 0HCPv6 </strong>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The default MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) size is 1480 bytes, which is usually appropriate. For some ISPs, you need modify the MTU. This should not be done unless your ISP told you to. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service Name</td>
<td>Specify the Service Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AC Name</td>
<td>Specify the AC Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Internal</td>
<td>Specify the Detect Interval. The default value is 0. Input the value between 0 and 120. The device will detect Access Concentrator online every interval seconds. If the value is 0, it means not detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Use</p>
<p>ISP-specified IP</td>
<td>If your service provider provides you with an IP address along with the user name and password, Enable &#8220;Use ISP-specified IP&#8221; and enter the IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If the ISP provides a DNS server IP address for you, Enable Use These DNS Server, and fill the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields below. Otherwise, the DNS servers will obtain automatically from ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restore to</p>
<p>Factory MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to restore the WAN MAC address as factory MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to set the WAN MAC address as PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>L2TP/PPTP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP supplies internet access through L2TP or PPTP, it will provide the following parameters. The configurations of L2TP and PPTP are the same, and the following introduction takes L2TP as an example.</p>
<p>WAN E</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="294" class="wp-image-3174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 67" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>Server IP/Name Enter the server IP address or the domain name provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Enter the User Name provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>Enter the Password provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="73" class="wp-image-3175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 68" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 561" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68-300x52.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark218"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark219"></a><strong>Manual</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode: Manual Q</p>
<p>Idle Time: 15 | minutes</p>
<p>Second</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>If your ISP provides a Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark224"></a> Configure LAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>LAN submenu is used to configure the LAN parameters for the device and the clients.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark227"></a> Access Point/Client/Repeater/Bridge Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="307" class="wp-image-3176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 69" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-768x251.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the LAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark228"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports two types: Static and Dynamic.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="643" class="wp-image-3177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 70" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 563" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address for your device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the primary DNS IP address provided by your ISP. Consult your ISP if you don&#8217;t know the DNS value. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the secondary DNS IP address of alternative DNS server if your ISP has two DNS servers. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</td>
<td>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Domain</td>
<td>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Secondary DNS Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>Reservation</p>
<p>Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 71" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 564" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark229"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark230"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static <em>&lt;g&gt;</em> SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable e</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="368" class="wp-image-3179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 72" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 565" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-768x311.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Fallback IP</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Fallback IP. When the device fails to find the DHCP server, it will use the fallback IP as the LAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback IP</td>
<td>Specify the fallback IP for the device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback</p>
<p>Mask</td>
<td>Specify the fallback netmask for the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the network. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark231"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask. 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark232"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark233"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark236"></a> AP Router/AP Client Router Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="799" class="wp-image-3180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 73" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg 940w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-300x255.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-768x653.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></p>
<p>1. For LAN connection type, the device only supports Static.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</p>
<p>Start IP Address</p>
<p>End IP Address</p>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>Default Domain</p>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Secondary DNS</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Address Reservation</p>
<p>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</p>
<p>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</p>
<p>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 74" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /> Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: &lt;g) Static O Prefix Delegation o</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 164 |</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Prefix Delegation</strong></p>
<p>Select Prefix Delegation and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p>IPv6: [Z Enable Q</p>
<p>IPv6 Address: C Static (• Prefix Delegation Q</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Enable or disable the IPv6 DHCP server function. With IPv6 DHCP server <sup>Server</sup> enabled, the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the DHCP server.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark237"></a><strong>Disabled</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Disabled to disable the IPv6 DHCP server function</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: (§: Disabled (’ Stateless O Stateful Q</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark238"></a><strong>Stateless/Stateful</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Stateless or Stateful, and the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the IPv6 DHCP server automatically. Enable or disable the DNS proxy. With this feature enabled, the device will obtain the DNS server automatically. With this feature disabled, you should specify the DNS address manually.</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: O Disabled © Stateless O Stateful <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ONS Proxy: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Preferred DNS: | |</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark239"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark244"></a> Configure Management VLAN</li>
</ol>
<p>Management VLAN provides a safer way for you to manage the device. With Management VLAN enabled, only the hosts in the management VLAN can manage the device. Since most hosts cannot process VLAN tags, connect the management host to the network via a switch, and set up correct VLAN settings to ensure the communication between the host and the device in the management VLAN.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Management VLAN Interfaces </strong>section, enable the Management VLAN function, specify <em>VLAN ID</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="132" class="wp-image-3182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 75" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-300x42.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-768x108.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Management Enable or disable the Management VLAN function. By default, it is disabled. VLAN</p>
<p>VLAN ID Specify the Management VLAN ID. The valid values are from 2 to 4094.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark249"></a> Configure the Forwarding Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Forwarding submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The IP address used on the internet is public IP address, while IP address used on local area network is private IP address. The hosts using private IP addresses cannot access the internet directly and vice versa.</p>
<p>The hosts using private IP addresses visit internet through NAT (Network Address Translation) technology. NAT can transfer private IP addresses into public IP addresses to realize the communication from internal hosts to external hosts.</p>
<p>If the hosts on the internet want to visit the hosts on local area network, the forwarding function should be used, including DMZ, Virtual server, Port triggering and UPnP.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Forwarding </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p>Forwarding</p>
<p>DMZ: 0 Enable <em>Q</em></p>
<p>DMZ IP: 10.0.0.0 |</p>
<p>ALG: 0 FTP ALG 0 TFTP ALG 0 H323 ALG 0 RTSP ALG <strong>0 </strong>Virtual Server: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Port Trigger: □ Enable</p>
<p>UPnP: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DMZ</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DMZ function. DMZ (Demilitarized Zone) specifically allows one computer/device behind NAT to become &#8220;demilitarized&#8221;, so all packets from the external network are forwarded to this computer/device. The demilitarized host is exposed to the wide area network, which can realize the unlimited bidirectional communication between internal hosts and external hosts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DMZ IP</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the local host network device. The DMZ host device will be completely exposed to the external network. Any PC that was used for a DMZ must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ALG</td>
<td>Select the type of ALG to enable the corresponding feature. Common NAT only translates the address of packets at network layer and the port number at transport layer but cannot deal with the packets with embedded source/destination information in the application layer. Application layer gateway (ALG) can deal with protocols with embedded source/destination information in the application payload. Some protocols such as FTP, TFTP, H323 and RTSP require ALG (Application Layer Gateway) support to pass through NAT.</p>
<p><strong>FTP ALG: </strong>Allows FTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>TFTP ALG: </strong>Allows TFTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>H323 ALG: </strong>Allows Microsoft NetMeeting clients to communicate across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP ALG: </strong>Allows some media player clients to communicate with some streaming media servers across NAT.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable or disable Virtual Server. Virtual servers can be used for setting up public services on your local area network, such as DNS, Email and FTP. A virtual server is defined as a service port, and all requests from the internet to this service port will be redirected to the LAN server. Virtual Server function not only makes the users from internet visit the local area network, but also keeps network security within the intranet as other services are still invisible from internet. The LAN server must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</p>
<p>Virtual Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="135" class="wp-image-3183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 76" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure Virtual Server:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>IP: </strong>Enter the IP Address of the PC providing the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Enter the Internal Port number of the PC running the service application. You can leave it blank if the Internal Port is the same as the Service Port, or enter a specific port number.</p>
<p><strong>Service Port: </strong>Enter the numbers of external Service Port. You can type a service port or a range of service ports (the format is XXX &#8211; YYY, XXX is the start port, YYY is the end port). Internet users send request to the port for services.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable port trigger. Due to the existence of the firewall, some applications such as online games, video conferences, VoIPs and P2P downloads need the device to configure the forwarding to work properly, and these applications require multiple ports connection, for single-port virtual server cannot meet the demand. Port trigger function comes at this time. When an application initiates a connection to the trigger port, all the incoming ports will open for subsequent connections.</p>
<p>Port Trigger</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="133" class="wp-image-3184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 77" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure port trigger:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Incoming Port: </strong>Enter the incoming port for incoming traffic. The port or port range is used by the remote system when it responds to the outgoing request. A response to one of these ports will be forwarded to the PC that triggered this rule. You can input at most 5 groups of ports (or port section). Every group of ports must be set apart with “,”. For example, 2000-2038, 2050-2051,2085, 3010-3030.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger Port: </strong>Enter the trigger port for outgoing traffic. An outgoing connection using this port will “Trigger” this rule.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable UPnP. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable the UPnP function. The Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) function allows the devices, such as internet computers, to access the local host resources or devices as needed. Host in the local area network can automatically open the corresponding ports on a router, and make the application of external host access the resources of the internal host through the opened ports. Therefore, the functions limited to the NAT can work properly. Compared to virtual server and port triggering, the application of UPnP doesn&#8217;t need manual settings. It is more convenient for some applications required unfixed ports.</p>
<p>UPnP</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="148" class="wp-image-3185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 78" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>App Description: </strong>Displays the description provided by the application in the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>External Port: </strong>Displays the external port number that the router opened for the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Displays the internal service port number of the local host running the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Displays which type of protocol is opened.</p>
<p><strong>IP Address: </strong>Displays the IP address of the local host which initiates the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>Status: </strong>Enabled means that port is still active. Otherwise, the port is inactive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark254"></a> Configure the Security Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Security submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) is a firewall that keeps track of the state of network connections (such as TCP streams, UDP communication) traveling across it. The firewall is programmed to distinguish legitimate packets for different types of connections. Only packets matching a known active connection will be allowed to pass through by the firewall and others will be rejected. SPI Firewall is enabled by factory default.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark255"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Security &gt; Basic </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="153" class="wp-image-3186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 79" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 572" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-300x50.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-768x129.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-600x100.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SPI Firewall</td>
<td>Check the Enable box to use the SPI Firewall function. If forwarding rules are enabled at the same time, the device will give priority to meet forwarding rules.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping</td>
<td>Select and enable the ping forbidden function.</p>
<p><strong>WAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from internet. By default, it is disabled.</p>
<p><strong>LAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from local network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VPN</td>
<td>Select and enable the VPN function.</p>
<p>A VPN is created by establishing a virtual point-to-point connection through the use of dedicated connections, virtual tunneling protocols, or traffic encryptions. Through VPN you can access your private network over internet. A virtual private network connection across the internet is similar to a wide area network (WAN) link between sites. From a user perspective, the extended network resources are accessed in the same way as resources available within the private network. When hosts in the local area network want to visit the remote virtual private network using virtual tunneling protocols, the corresponding VPN protocol should be enabled.</p>
<p><strong>PPTP Passthrough: </strong>PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) allows the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) to be tunneled through an IP (Internet Protocol) network. Check the box to allow PPTP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>L2TP Passthrough: </strong>L2TP (Layer Two Tunneling Protocol) is the method used to enable Point-to-Point connections via the internet on the Layer Two level. Check the box to allow L2TP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>IPSec Passthrough: </strong>IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) is a suite of protocols for ensuring private, secure communications over IP (Internet Protocol) networks, through the use of cryptographic security services. Check the box to allow IPSec tunnels to pass through the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. In the <strong>Security &gt; Advanced Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="214" class="wp-image-3187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 80" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 573" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-300x71.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-768x181.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>DoS Protection Enable the DoS Protection and specify the parameters.</p>
<p>DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host, which incurs an abnormal service or even breakdown of the network. With DoS Protection function enabled, the device can analyze the specific fields of the IP packets and distinguish the malicious DoS attack packets. Upon detecting the packets, the device will discard the illegal packets directly and limit the transmission rate of the legal packets if the over legal packets may incur a breakdown of the network. The hosts sending these packets will be added into the <em>Blocked DoS Host</em> List. The device can defend a few types of DoS attack such as ICMP_FLOOD, UDP_FLOOD and TCP_SYN_ FLOOD.</p>
<p><strong>Packets Statistics Interval: </strong>Select a value between 5 and 60 seconds from the drop-down list. The default value is 10. The value indicates the time interval of the packets statistics. The result of the statistic is used for analysis by ICMP-Flood, UDP Flood and TCP-SYN Flood.</p>
<p><strong>ICMP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current ICMP-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>UDP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 500. When the current UPD-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>TCP_SYN_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current TCP-SYN-FLOOD Packets numbers is beyond the set value, the Device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="685" height="163" class="wp-image-3188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 81" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 574" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg 685w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></p>
<p>Blocked DoS</p>
<p>Host List</p>
<p>Click <em>Blocked DoS Host List</em> to display the blocked DoS host table including host IP and host MAC. Click <em>Refresh</em> to renewal the table list. Click <em>Clear</em> to release all the blocked hosts. If you want to release one or some of the blocked hosts, select them and Click <em>Unlock.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark256"></a> Click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark258"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark261"></a> Configure Access Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Access Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The function can be used to control the internet activities of hosts in the local area network. For example, the online time limit and the specified web stations to visit can be controlled by the filtering policy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark262"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Access Control </strong>section, enable Access Control and select the Filtering Policy.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 82" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Access Control</td>
<td>Enable or disable Access Control.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Policy</td>
<td>Select the filtering policy according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are allowed to access the internet under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are forbidden to access the internet under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and create the filtering entries.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 83" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols from the drop-down list used for the target, any of IP, TCP, UDP, or ICMP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the hosts that you need to control, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the targets that you need to control, for example 192.168.3.12-192.168.3.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Port</td>
<td>Specify the port or port range for the target when protocol is TCP or UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Days of a week</td>
<td>Specify the days in which the rules take effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Enter the time rule in HH:MM-HH:MM format, the default value is 00:00­24:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark267"></a> Configure Static Routing</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Static Routing submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>A static route is a pre-determined path that network information must travel to reach a specific host or network. If static route is used properly in the network, it can decrease the network overhead and improve the speed of forwarding packets.</p>
<p>Static routing is generally suitable for simple network environment, in which users clearly understand the topology of the network so as to set the routing information correctly. When the network topology is complicated and users are not so familiar with the topology structure, this function should be used with caution or under the guidance of the experienced administrator.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark268"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Static Routing </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="217" class="wp-image-3191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 84" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-300x72.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-768x183.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Network IP</td>
<td>Enter the Target Network IP, the address of the network or host to be visited. The IP address cannot be on the same network segment with the device&#8217;s WAN or LAN port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Specify the netmask for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the Gateway IP, the address of the gateway that allows for contact between the Device and the network or host</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark269"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark270"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark274"></a> Configure Bandwidth Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bandwidth Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Bandwidth control function is used to control the internet bandwidth in the local area network. In the case of insufficient bandwidth resources, enable the function to make the device allocate reasonable bandwidth to the clients and achieve the purpose of efficient use of the existing bandwidth. Via IP bandwidth control function, set the upper and lower limit in the bandwidth of the computer network and guarantee a smooth sharing network.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark275"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Bandwidth Control </strong>section, enable the Bandwidth Control function.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="257" class="wp-image-3192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 85" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-768x217.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Total Ingress Specify the upper bandwidth for receiving packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p>Total Egress Specify the upper bandwidth for sending packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="170" class="wp-image-3193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 86" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 579" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-768x143.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Range</td>
<td>Enter the IP Range of the target hosts which need to be controlled of bandwidth, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port Range</td>
<td>Enter the Port Range through which the target hosts visit external server, for example 1-63258.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/ UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Max (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the maximum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Egress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum egress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Egress Max Specify the maximum egress bandwidth for the desired entry. (kbps)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark276"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark281"></a> Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>We can effectively prevent ARP attack and IP embezzlement by enabling the IP&amp;MAC binding. Within the local network, the device transmits IP packets to the certain target identified by the MAC address. Therefore, the IP and MAC address should be one-to- one correspondence and their corresponding relations are maintained by the ARP table. ARP attack can use forged information to renewal the ARP table, and destroy the corresponding relations between IP and MAC addresses, which would prevent the communication between the device and the corresponding host. When the IP&amp;MAC Binding function is enabled, the IP and MAC relations in the ARP table won’t be expired and renewed automatically, which effectively prevents the ARP attack.</p>
<p>Some functions such as access control and bandwidth control, are based on the IP addresses to identify the access clients. The network administrator can allocate every client a static IP, according to which he makes the access and bandwidth rules to control the clients’ online behavior and the bandwidth they’ve used. Some illegal users may change the IP address in order to get higher internet access. Enabling IP &amp; MAC binding function can effectively prevent the IP embezzlement.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>After IP &amp; MAC binding function is enabled, the IP bound to the MAC cannot be used by other MACs. However this MAC can use other IPs within the same segment, which are not bounded by other MACs, to access the network.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>IP &amp; MAC Binding </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the IP address and MAC address.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Click <em>Import</em> to quick import the entries in ARP table to IP &amp; MAC Binding table. The imported entries are disabled by default. Select the desired entries and click <em>Edit</em> to enable it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="236" class="wp-image-3194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 87" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 580" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-768x199.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IP</p>
<p>Enter the IP address that you want to bind with the MAC address.</p>
<p>MAC Enter the MAC address that you want to bind with the IP address.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark282"></a> Enable the desired entry and click <em>Save.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark283"></a> Configure the Wireless Parameters</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the parameters of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark284"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark291"><em>Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark285"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark296"><em>Configure Wireless Client Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark286"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark305"><em>Configure Wireless AP Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark287"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark315"><em>Configure Multi-SSID</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark288"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark318"><em>Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark290"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark320"><em>Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark295"></a> Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section allows you to configure wireless basic parameters, such as 802.11 mode, Transmit Power, and data rates.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Basic Wireless Settings </strong>section, configure the basic wireless settings and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="284" class="wp-image-3195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 88" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-300x91.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-768x232.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Select the protocol standard used in the wireless network. To check what protocol standards your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 2.4GHz, supporting 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11b/g, and 802.11b/g/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11b/g/n, allowing all 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11a/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n, allowing both 802.11a and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11ac, 802.11n/ac, and 802.11a/n/ac modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n/ac, allowing all 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless stations to access the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Select the channel width of this device. To check what channel width your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 20/40 MHz (the device automatically selects 40 MHz, and 20 MHz will be used if 40 MHz is not available).</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz and 20/40/80 MHz (the device automatically selects 80 MHz, and 40 MHz will be used if 80 MHz is not available, and so on).</p>
<p>According to IEEE 802.11n standard, using a wider channel can increase wireless throughput. However, you may need to choose lower bandwidth due to the following reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>To increase the available number of channels within the limited total bandwidth.</li>
<li>To avoid interference from overlapping channels occupied by other devices in the environment.</li>
<li>Lower bandwidth can concentrate higher transmit power, increasing stability of wireless links over long distances.</li>
<li>In Client / AP Client Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, the device should have the same channel width as the root AP.</li>
<li>In Access Point / AP Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, select the channel width which your clients support.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Set the maximum transmit data rate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Select appropriate channel used by this device to improve wireless performance. 1/2412 MHz refers to Channel 1 and the frequency is 2412 MHz. This setting is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. We highly recommend that you use the <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> tool to select a proper channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Select your antenna from the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna Gain</td>
<td>Antenna Gain is only available in WBS products. Enter the antenna gain value according to the antennas and the value ranges from 0 to 30dBi. It can work together with the transmit power to improve the transmit signal quality.</p>
<p>Channel/Frequency: Auto O</p>
<p>Antenna Gain: 0 (0-30)dBi</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EIRP Limit</td>
<td>This option should remain enabled. With EIRP Limit enabled, the transmit power is restricted so that the EIRP (Effecitive Isotropic Radiated Power) of the device is kept below the amount which is allowed in the selected region.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel</p>
<p>Shifting</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Channel Shifting is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Enable or disable the Channel Shifting function. This function is only available when MAXtream is enabled in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. Channel Shifting is a TP-Link proprietary technology. With Channel Shifting enabled, the AP will use non-standard channels by adding a frequency offset to the standard 802.11 b/g/n channels.</p>
<p>Your network can then only be detected by the wireless devices with Channel Shifting enabled and so is less likely to be detected by other wireless networks, which benefits network security.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In most scenarios, it is unnecessary to select the maximum transmit power. Selecting larger transmit power than your need may cause interference to neighborhood. Also it consumes more power and will reduce longevity of the device. Select appropriate transmit power to achieve the best performance. Use the <em>Speed Test</em> tool to find the best performance.</p>
<p>Specify the transmit power of the device. Use the slider or manually enter the transmit power value. For Outdoor Wireless Base Stations, the maximum transmit power varies according to the antenna gain value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enable or disable the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</p>
<p>Station Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>MAXtream Station Mode is available in Client Mode, Bridge Mode and AP Client Router Mode with the wireless AP settings disabled.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Adjust: </strong>The device will choose the MAXtream Station Mode automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Latency First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Latency First and the time sensitive stream such as VoIP will take precedence in MAXtream system.</p>
<p><strong>Throughput First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Throughput First and the stream that needs high throughput such as online games will take precedence in MAXtream system.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark300"></a> Configure Wireless Client Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings submenu is only available in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless client parameters used for the connection with the root AP.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="153" class="wp-image-3196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 89" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 582" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-300x49.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-768x125.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID of AP</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the root AP. You can enter the SSID of the specific AP manually, or directly survey all the APs around by clicking <em>Survey</em> and select one.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC of AP</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the root AP. It&#8217;s possible that two or more networks use the same SSID in the AP list. Enable <strong>Lock to AP </strong>to select SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP you had connected before the next time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WDS</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used to during the connection between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames to use four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames to use three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark301"></a> Specify the security mode. Make sure the security mode and the related parameters are the same as the upstream wireless network’s.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select this option if the root AP has no encryption. When connecting to the root AP, it’s no need to enter a password to access the wireless network.</p>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark302"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark303"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 90" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 583" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-91.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 91" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 584"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP is rarely used in normal wireless network. Select this option if the security mode of the root AP is WEP.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically according to the wireless network of the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>The device can pass the authentication and associate with the root wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>The device needs the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the device cannot associate with the root wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="305" class="wp-image-3199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 92" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 585" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the type of the authentication.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Phase 2 Auth</td>
<td>Select the type of Phase 2 Auth. The device only supports MSCHAPV2 currently.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Name used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="185" class="wp-image-3200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 93" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 586" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93-300x112.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark304"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark309"></a> Configure Wireless AP Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless AP Settings submenu is only available in Access Point, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless AP parameters used for the connection with the clients.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="296" class="wp-image-3201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 94" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 587" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark310"></a> Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the SSID.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enable SSID Enable or disable SSID broadcast. With this function enabled, the device <sup>Broadcast</sup> will broadcast the SSID periodically.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark311"></a> Specify the security mode used for the clients to access the wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>None </strong>when you want an open network without wireless security. In this mode, network data is not encrypted, but you can still authenticate clients by enabling the RADIUS MAC Authentication function.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication 3 Enable Q</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="290" class="wp-image-3202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 95" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 588" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p>Authentication Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>Authent cation Server Pert</p>
<p>Authentication Server Key:</p>
<p>Accounting Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>.Accounting Server Port</p>
<p>Accounting Server Key</p>
<p>Accounting Server</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RADIUS MAC Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Radius MAC authentication. With this feature enabled, you can authenticate clients using their MAC addresses on your RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Remember to log into your RADIUS authentication server and create authentication entries whose username and password are both the access-enabled clients&#8217; MAC address (for MAC address 11-22-33-AA- BB-CC, create an authentication entry whose username and password are both 112233aabbcc on the RADIUS server).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS authentication server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is the default, 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark312"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark313"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 96" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 589" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-97.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 97" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 590"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP cannot provide effective protection for wireless networks. Since WPA-PSK and WPA-Enterprise are much safer than WEP, we recommend that you choose WPA-PSK or WPA-Enterprise if your clients also support them.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolea</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically based on the wireless capability and request of the clients.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>Clients can pass the authentication and associate with the wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>Clients have to input the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the clients cannot associate with the wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><strong>1^&#8221;&#8221; Note:</strong></p>
<p>Accounting Server is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Version</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Security Mode</p>
<p>Vtersion</p>
<p>Encryption</td>
<td>WPA</td>
<td rowspan="3">D D D</td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">IJ 0 IJ 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authent cation Server Port:</td>
<td colspan="2">1812</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentic a: on Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>seconds. (0 means no update.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Accounting Server ** =nable <strong>0</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">a a a a</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>.Accounting Server Port</td>
<td colspan="2">1813</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account ng Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by each client device.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically based on the client device&#8217;s request.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the Radius Authentication Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="738" height="213" class="wp-image-3205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 98" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 591" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg 738w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98-300x87.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 738px) 100vw, 738px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p><strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</strong>: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Group Key Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period Update P<sup>eriod</sup> instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0</p>
<p>means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark314"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark316"></a> Configure Multi-SSID</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Multi-SSID submenu is only available in Access Point Mode.</p>
<p>The device can build up to four virtual wireless networks for users to access. When the Multi-SSID function is enabled, the VLAN function is enabled at the same time. It can work together with switches supporting 802.1 Q VLAN and supports maximum four VLANs. The device adds different VLAN tag to the clients which connect to the corresponding wireless network. The clients in different VLANs cannot directly communicate with each other.</p>
<p>The wired client can communicate with all the wireless clients despite the VLAN settings.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Multi-SSID </strong>section, Enable Multi-SSID. Click <em>Add</em> and create a new wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 99" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 592" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VLAN</td>
<td>Specify the VLAN to which the new wireless network belongs. The valid value ranges from 1 to 4094.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID Broadcast</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSID broadcast . With this feature enabled, the device will broadcast the SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, all the hosts cannot communicate with each other.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Select the desired SSID and specify the Security Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="202" class="wp-image-3207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 100" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 593" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-768x170.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select the desired SSID to specify the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td>Specify the security mode for the desired SSID. The device only supports WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<p>Group Key Update Period</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark317"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark319"></a> Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</li>
</ol>
<p>Wireless MAC Filtering function uses MAC addresses to determine whether one host can access the wireless network or not. Thereby it can effectively control the user access in the wireless network. This function is available in all modes except the Client Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="279" class="wp-image-3208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 101" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 594" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-768x235.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /> 1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless MAC Filtering </strong>section, enable this feature and specify the filtering rule.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wireless MAC Filtering</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Wireless MAC Filtering function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 102" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 595" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Rules</td>
<td>Specify the filtering rules.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are allowed to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are forbidden to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable Enable or disable the desired entry.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select te SSID to which the filtering rules apply. In AP Mode, if Multi-SSID is enabled, you should set different filtering rules for each SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Enter the MAC address of the wireless host that you need to filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Comment</td>
<td>Enter the description information for the filtering rule</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark320"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark321"></a> Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify the advanced wireless parameters, such as Beacon Interval, RTS threshold and DTIM Interval.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Advanced Wireless Settings </strong>section, specify the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="368" class="wp-image-3210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 103" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 596" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Distance</p>
<p>Setting</td>
<td>Specify the distance between AP and Station. If this device serves as a client, the value is the distance between this device and the root AP. If this device serves as an AP, the value is the distance between the farthest client and this AP.</p>
<p>You can manually enter the value or enable the Auto option.</p>
<p><strong>Manual: </strong>Enter the distance manually in the input box. The value is limited to 0-200km, and we recommend you set the value to 110% of the real distance.</p>
<p><strong>Auto (Only works within 0-xx km): </strong>Check the Auto option, then the system will dynamically detect the distance. This function is available only when the distance is less than xx kilometers. The value xx varies according to the channel width you set. CPE210 does not support this option.</p>
<p>The distance value will be converted to a corresponding ACK timeout value, and the ACK timeout value will influence the throughput performance to a large extent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Long Range PtP</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Long Range PtP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Long Rage PtP is only available when MAXtream function is enabled. With this function enabled, it is allowed to specify a larger distance which can be helpful in the following situations:</p>
<ul>
<li>The AP is connected to a single client or AP.</li>
<li>The distance between the two devices exceeds the distance allowed by the AP&#8217;s hardware specifications.</li>
</ul>
<p>The distance is used to calculate the Acknowledge timeout (ACK timeout). Long Range PtP allows the AP to get a larger ACK timeout and reduce unnecessary retransmission in the situations above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Beacon Interval</td>
<td>Specify the beacon interval for the device. Beacons are transmitted periodically by the device to announce the presence of a wireless network for the clients. Beacon Interval value determines the time interval of the beacons sent by the device. Specify a value from 40 to 1,000. The default value is 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTS Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the RTS threshold for the device.</p>
<p>RTS/CTS (Request to Send/Clear to Send) is used to improve the data transmission efficiency of the network with hidden nodes, especially when there are lots of large packets to be transmitted.</p>
<p>When the size of a data packet is larger than the RTS Threshold, the RTS/ CTS mechanism will be activated. With this mechanism activated, before sending a data packet, the client will send an RTS packet to the device to request data transmitting. And then the device will send CTS packet to inform other clients to delay their data transmitting. In this way, packet collisions can be avoided.</p>
<p>For a busy network with hidden nodes, a low threshold value will help reduce interference and packet collisions. But for a not-so-busy network, a too low threshold value will cause bandwidth wasting and reduce the data throughput.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fragmentation</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the fragmentation threshold for packets.</p>
<p>The fragmentation function can limit the size of packets transmitted over the network. If the size of a packet exceeds the Fragmentation Threshold, the fragmentation function is activated and the packet will be fragmented into several packets.</p>
<p>Fragmentation helps improve network performance if properly configured. However, a too low fragmentation threshold may result in poor wireless performance caused by the extra work of dividing up and reassembling of frames and increased message traffic. The recommended and default value is 2346 bytes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DTIM Interval</td>
<td>Specify the DTIM (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) Interval for the device.</p>
<p>The DTIM is contained in some Beacon frames. It indicates whether the device has buffered data for client devices. The <strong>DTIM Period </strong>indicates how often the clients served by this device should check for buffered data still on the device awaiting pickup.</p>
<p>Specify the value between 1-255 Beacon Intervals. The default value is 1, indicating that clients check for buffered data at every beacon. An excessive DTIM interval may reduce the performance of multicast applications, so we recommend you keep the default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, the clients can not communicate with each other directly.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>AP Isolation is not available in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Short GI</td>
<td>Enable or disable Short GI.</p>
<p>Propagation delays often occurs in data transmission process and influence the capability of the wireless network. It can result from multiple factors, such as multipath effect. GI (Guard Interval) is intended to solve the problem based on delays, and Short GI is used to improve the throughput of the wireless network based on the GI in the environment with small delays.</p>
<p>When the delays are small. When Short GI is enabled, the guard interval will be set as 400ns and this function will boost the performance about 11%. In the with serious multipath time delay. Short GI function will reduce the throughput instead of improving it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM)</td>
<td>Enable or disable WMM. With WMM enabled, the system will prioritize traffic according to the data type when forwarding data. Time-dependent traffic, such as video or audio packets, gets a higher priority than normal traffic.</p>
<p>We recommend you enable this function when you are running the video or audio application.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QoS</td>
<td>Enable or disable QoS. The QoS function improves the transmission performance of video or audio traffic by optimizing the scheduling policy between the AP and the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Manage the Device</p>
<p>The device provides powerful functions of management and maintenance. This chapter introduces how to manage the device, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark325"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark332"><em>Manage System Logs</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark326"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark334"><em>Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark327"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark337"><em>Configure Ping Watch Dog</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark328"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark339"><em>Configure Dynamic DNS</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark329"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Configure Web Server</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark330"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark343"><em>Configure SNMP Agent</em></a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark345"><em>67 Configure SSH Server</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark331"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark347"><em>Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark332"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark333"></a> Manage System Logs</li>
</ol>
<p>System logs record the events and activities while the device is running. If a failure happens on the device, System logs can help to diagnose the issue.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>System Log </strong>section, perform the following operations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="212" class="wp-image-3211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 104" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 597" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104-300x135.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="417" class="wp-image-3212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 105" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 598" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></p>
<p>Open System Log</p>
<p>Click the <em>Open</em> button to view the system log.</p>
<p>This page displays detailed system logs that can be sorted on columns by ascending or descending order. Columns can be chosen from Time, Type, Level, and Message.</p>
<p>Download to PC Click the <em>Download</em> button to download the system logs to your PC.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the Auto Mail Settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="556" class="wp-image-3213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 106" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 599" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>From</td>
<td>Enter the sender&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To</td>
<td>Enter the receiver&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the sender&#8217;s SMTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the authentication function. If the sender&#8217;s mailbox is configured, check the box to enable mail server authentication. Enter the sender&#8217;s username and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Mail Feature</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Mail Feature. With this feature enabled, specify the way for the device to send the system log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark335"></a> Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify miscellaneous parameters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark336"></a> Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Miscellaneous </strong>section, configure the following features and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Miscellaneous</p>
<p><strong>Discovery: 3 Enable </strong>0</p>
<p><strong>CDP: 13 Enable <em>Q</em></strong></p>
<p>Apply</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Discovery</td>
<td>Enable or disable Discovery. With this feature enabled, TP-Link Pharos Control software can discover the device. Pharos Control is a network management software developed independently by TP-Link and it currently supports Pharos series products. It can centralize monitoring and managing network devices in the network platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CDP</td>
<td>Enable or disable CDP. With this function enabled, this device can share its information with the neighboring devices that support CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol, a device discovery protocol developed by Cisco).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark338"></a> Configure Ping Watch Dog</li>
</ol>
<p>Ping Watch Dog sets the device to continuously ping a user-defined IP address (it can be the internet gateway, for example) to check the network connectivity. If there is a connection failure then the device will automatically reboot.</p>
<p>Ping Watch Dog is dedicated to continuously monitoring the connectivity to a specific host using the Ping tool. The Ping tool sends ICMP echo request packets to the target host and listens for ICMP echo response. If the defined number of replies is not received, the tool reboots the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Ping Watch Dog </strong>section, Enable this feature and configure the following features. Click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><strong>Ping Watch Dog</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Ping Watch Dog: &gt;] Enable</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping:</td>
<td>0 00 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fing Interval:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(10-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(60-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fall Count To Reboot:</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>(1-65535)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ping Watch Dog</td>
<td>Enable or disable Ping Watch Dog.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the target host to which the device will send ping packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Interval</td>
<td>Enter the time interval between two ping packets. The default value is 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay</td>
<td>Enter the initial time delay from device startup to the first ICMP echo requests sent by Ping Watch Dog. The default value is 300 seconds.</p>
<p>The Startup Delay value should be at least 60 seconds taking the device‘s initialization time in account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fail Count To Reboot</td>
<td>Enter the fail count of ICMP echo request. If the device sends the specified count of ICMP echo requests to the host and none of the corresponding ICMP echo response packets is received, Ping Watch Dog will reboot the device. The default value is 3.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark340"></a> Configure Dynamic DNS</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The Dynamic DNS function is only available in AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The main function of Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is mapping the fixed domain name to dynamic IP address.</p>
<p>When a device connects to the internet through PPPoE or Dynamic IP, the WAN IP address it gets is not fixed, which is inconvenient for the internet users to access the servers in the local area network through IP address. With Dynamic DNS function enabled, users can access servers using a fixed domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS server will establish a mapping table about the dynamic IP address and the fixed domain name. When the WAN IP address of the device changes, it will make an update request to the specified DDNS server, and then the DDNS server will update the mapping relation between the IP address and the domain name. Therefore, whenever the WAN IP address changes, users on the internet can still access the servers in the local area network using a fixed, easy-to-remember domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS function that serves as the client of DDNS service must work with DDNS server. Register an account to DDNS service provider (NO-IP, Dyndns or Comexe) first.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Dynamic DNS </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Login.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="328" class="wp-image-3214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 107" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Service</p>
<p>Provider</td>
<td>Select the service provider.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Dynamic DNS</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Dynamic DNS feature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>Specify the domain name that you registered with your DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Status</td>
<td>Displays the connection status of the DDNS service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark342"></a> Configure Web Server</li>
</ol>
<p>This function is used to configure the related parameters of Web server. Users can log in to the web management page to manage this device remotely over the internet through Web Server.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Web Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="456" class="wp-image-3215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 108" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 601" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secure</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>(HTTPS)</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HTTPS feature. HTTPS function is based on the SSL or TLS protocol working in transport layer. It supports a security access via a web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secure Server</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTPS. The default value is 443.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTP. The default value is 80.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Login IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the remote host. With this configured, the remote host can access the management interface remotely using the WAN IP of this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Session</p>
<p>Timeout</td>
<td>Specify the session timeout time. The system will automatically release the connection when the time is up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</p>
<p>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable MAC Authentication. When it is enabled, you can specify up to four MAC address for authentication.</p>
<p>With this function enabled, only the device whose MAC address is in the MAC list can access the management interface to configure the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Add PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to quickly add your PC&#8217;s MAC address to the MAC list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark343"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark344"></a> Configure SNMP Agent</li>
</ol>
<p>Get the traffic information and transmit condition by using the SNMP Agent function. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. Main functions of SNMP include monitoring network performance, detecting and analyzing network error, configuring network devices, and so on.</p>
<p>Configure the device as SNMP Agent, and it can receive and process the management message from the NMS (Network Management System).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SNMP Agent </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="377" class="wp-image-3216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 109" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Agent</td>
<td>Enable or disable the SNMP Agent function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysContact</td>
<td>Enter the textual identification of the contact person for this device, for example, contact number or e-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysName</td>
<td>Enter a name for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Syslocation</td>
<td>Enter the location of the device. For example, the name can be composed of the building, floor number, and room location.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Community</td>
<td>Specify the community that has read-only access to the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Get Community to read the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Community</td>
<td>Specify the community who has the read-and-write right of the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Set Community to read and write the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Defining community can allow management systems in the same community to communicate with the SNMP Agent. The community name can be seen as the shared password of the network hosts group. Thus, for the safety, we suggest modifying the default community name before enabling the SNMP Agent service. If the field of community is blank, the SNMP Agent will not respond to any community name.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark346"></a> Configure SSH Server</li>
</ol>
<p>The SSH Server function is used for the users to log in and manage the device through SSH connection on the SSH client software.</p>
<p>SSH (Secure Shell) is a security protocol established on application and transport layers. SSH- encrypted-connection is similar to a telnet connection, but essentially the old telnet remote management method is not safe, because the password and data transmitted with plain-text can be easily intercepted. SSH can provide information security and powerful authentication when you log in this device remotely through an insecure network environment. It can encrypt all the transmission data and prevent the information in remote management from being leaked.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SSH Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="172" class="wp-image-3217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 110" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 603" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the TCP/IP port of the SSH Server. The default port is 22.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSH Login</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSH function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote</p>
<p>Management</td>
<td>Enable or disable Remote Management. With this function enabled, TP- Link Pharos Control software can manage the device remotely.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark348"></a> Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RSSI LED Thresholds is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Configure the LEDs on the device to light up when received signal levels reach the values defined in the following fields. This function can help a technician to easily deploy a Pharos series product without logging into the device (for example, for antenna alignment operation).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>RSSI LED Thresholds </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="218" class="wp-image-3218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 111" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 604" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111-300x101.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>LED1/LED2/</p>
<p>LED3/LED4</td>
<td>Displays the LED number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thresholds</td>
<td>Specify the threshold for the desired LED. The specified LED will light up if the signal strength reaches the values in the field. The default values are set according to the verified optimum values. We recommend you keep it by default.</p>
<p>The default LED threshold values may vary among different product models in terms of radio features.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark349"></a> Configure the System</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system of the device, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark353"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark365"><em>Configure Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark355"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark357"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark369"><em>Configure Location Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark359"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark361"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark371"><em>Configure User Account</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark362"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark373"><em>Configure Time Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark363"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark376"><em>Update Firmware</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark364"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark382"><em>Configure Other Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark366"></a> Configure Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the device name and the system language.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark367"></a> Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Device </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE21C</p>
<p>Language: English</p>
<p>Device Name Specify the device name.</p>
<p>Language Specify the system language used in the management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark368"></a> Click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark370"></a> Configure Location Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the location for the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Location </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="135" class="wp-image-3219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 112" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 605" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Longitude</td>
<td>Enter the longitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the east longitude while the negative number indicates the west longitude.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latitude</td>
<td>Enter the latitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the north latitude while the negative number indicates the south latitude.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark372"></a> Configure User Account</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to configure user account.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>User Account </strong>section, configure the following</p>
<p>parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="262" class="wp-image-3220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 113" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 606" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Displays the current user name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Enter the current password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New User Name</td>
<td>Enter a new user name for the user account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Password</td>
<td>Enter a new password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm New Password</td>
<td>Confirm the new password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark373"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark374"></a> Configure Time Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the system time and the daylight saving time.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Time Settings </strong>section, configure the system time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="375" class="wp-image-3221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 114" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 607" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Manually</strong></p>
<p>Configure the System time manually.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Time Zone</td>
<td>Select your local time zone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Click the calendar button to choose the date or enter the date in the format: YYYY/MM/DD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Select the time from the drop-down list or enter the time in the format HH:MM:SS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Automatically</strong></p>
<p>• Specify the NTP Server, then click the <em>Get GMT</em> button to get the system time from the NTP server</p>
<p>NTP Server 1 Specify the primary NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>NTP Server 2 Specify the alternate NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>• Click <em>Synchronize with PC&#8217;s Clock</em> to synchronize the system time with the PC&#8217;s time.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the daylight saving time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="454" class="wp-image-3222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 115" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 608" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Predefined Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Predefined Mode and select the predefined daylight saving time schedule for the device.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USA</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of USA is from Second Sunday in March, 02:00 to First Sunday in November, 02:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>European</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of European is from Last Sunday in March, 01:00 to Last Sunday in October, 01:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Australia</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of Australia is from First Sunday in October, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Zealand</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of New Zealand is from Last Sunday in September, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Recurring Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Recurring Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used every year.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Date Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Date Mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select Date Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used only one time.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark375"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark377"></a> Update Firmware</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to view the current firmware and update the firmware of the device.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Firmware Update </strong>section, click <em>Browser</em> to select a firmware file then click <em>Upload.</em></p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.1.6 Build 20170908 Rel. 45233 (0000)</p>
<p>Upload Firmware:</p>
<p>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</p>
<p>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark378"></a> We recommend that you back up current system configuration before updating the firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark379"></a> Select the proper software version that matches your hardware to upgrade. Visit TP- Link website to download the latest firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark380"></a> To avoid damage, do not power off the device while upgrading.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark381"></a> After upgrading, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark383"></a> Configure Other Settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="145" class="wp-image-3223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 116" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 609" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-768x119.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /> This section is used to back up or upload the configuration file, reset the device and reboot the device.</p>
<p>Go to the System Page. In the Configuration section, perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Backup Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Backup</em> to back up the current configuration to your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upload Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Browser</em> to select the desired configuration file in your PC. Then click <em>Upload</em> to upload the configuration file to your device. We recommend that you back up your current system configuration before uploading the new configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset to</p>
<p>Factory</p>
<p>Defaults</td>
<td>Click <em>Reset</em> to restore the device to its factory defaults. It&#8217;s recommended to back up your current system configuration before restoring the device to its defaults.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click <em>Reboot</em> to reboot the device. Note that any changes that have not been saved will be lost.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark384"></a> After backup, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark385"></a> To avoid damage, DO NOT turn off the device while uploading.</li>
</ul>
<p>Use the System Tools</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system tools:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark389"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark397"><em>Configure Ping</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark391"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark393"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark398"><em>Configure Traceroute</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark394"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark399"><em>Test Speed</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark395"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark401"><em>Survey</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark403"><em>85 Analyze Spectrum</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark396"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark406"><em>Antenna Alignment</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark397"></a> 8.1 Configure Ping</p>
<p>Ping test function is used to test the connectivity and reachability between the device and the target host so as to locate the network malfunctions.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Ping</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="506" class="wp-image-3224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 117" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 610" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-768x427.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Ping test. The device will send Ping packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Ping Result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Count</td>
<td>Enter the number of packets to be sent during the testing. It can be 1 to 50 and the default is 4.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Timeout</td>
<td>Enter a time value to wait for a response. If the device doesn&#8217;t receive ant response during the timeout time, the connection will be considered to be failed. It can be 100-2000 milliseconds. The default value is 800 milliseconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Size</td>
<td>Enter the number of data bytes to be sent. It can be 4-1472 bytes and the default is 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark398"></a><em>8.2</em> Configure Traceroute</p>
<p>Tracertroute function is used to tracks the route packets taken from source on their way to a given target host. When malfunctions occur in the network, troubleshoot with traceroute utility.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Traceroute</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="479" class="wp-image-3225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 118" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 611" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-768x404.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Traceroute test. The device will send Traceroute packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Traceroute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Traceroute Max TTL</td>
<td>Specify the traceroute max TTL (Time To Live) during the traceroute process. It is the maximum number of the route hops the test packets can pass through.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark400"></a> Test Speed</li>
</ol>
<p>Speed Test tool is used for testing the throughput between two Pharos products in the same network. The test requires one of the two devices to be set as a server and the other as a client. The client launches the test request to the server and the server respond to it. The test result will display on the page of the client.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Speed Test</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="399" class="wp-image-3226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 119" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 612" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-768x336.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed Test</td>
<td>Displays the data streams that the device is transmitting (TX), receiving (RX) and both of them (Total).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Select Server and the device will passively accept the test request from the clients in the speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Select Client and the device will launch the test request to the server in speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP</td>
<td>Specify the server IP for speed test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td>Select the direction of the speed test including unidirectional (RX), unidirectional (TX) and bidirectional.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Testing</td>
<td>Displays the process of the test.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark402"></a> Survey</li>
</ol>
<p>The survey tool is used to survey the wireless network around the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Survey</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and the following page will</p>
<p>appear.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="572" class="wp-image-3227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 120" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 613" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-768x468.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Displays the MAXtream capability of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the names of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNR(dB)</td>
<td>Displays the Signal Noise Ratio (Unit: dB) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal and noise value (Unit: dBm) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays the channels of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</td>
<td>Displays the security mode of APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Count</td>
<td>Displays the number of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Click <em>Refresh</em> to refresh this page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark404"></a> Analyze Spectrum</li>
</ol>
<p>Spectrum Analysis can help you choose the proper channel/frequency. Through the spectrum analysis, learn the distribution of the radio noise and intelligently select the channel/frequency in low noise.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and click</p>
<p><em>Yes</em> on the pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="192" class="wp-image-3228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 121" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 614" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-768x176.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em> Observe the curves for a period of time, and then click <em>Stop.</em> The relatively low and continuous part of the average curve indicates less radio noise. Here we take the figure below as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="479" class="wp-image-3229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 122" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 615" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg 837w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-768x440.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="44" class="wp-image-3230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-123.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 123" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 616"></p>
<p>Spectrum Analysis</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The select box of Frequency Range is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface. Select the required range and then click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark405"></a> When choosing Channel/Frequency, try to avoid the spectrum with large radio noise.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark407"></a> Antenna Alignment</li>
</ol>
<p>Antenna alignment can help you to optimize the antenna. Click <em>Antenna Alignment</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner. Adjust your antenna according to the following parameters. Point the antenna in the direction of maximum signal and minimum noise.</p>
<p>Antenna Alignment</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Signal Level: ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■— -27 dBm</p>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical: -34/-30 dBm</p>
<p>Noise Floor: -90 dBm</p>
<p>Max Signal: * B <sup>1</sup> [-65 dBm</p>
<p>Alignment Beep: □ Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal Level</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal strength is the combined value of the two chains.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>strength of the two chains is displayed separately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Signal</td>
<td>Specify the maximum value of the Signal Level indicator. Adjust the sensitivity of the Signal Level indicator by changing this value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alignment Beep</td>
<td>Enable the beep sound during the device antenna alignment. This function can help users to align the antenna easily without looking at the management interface. When received signal levels reach the defined levels, the different beep sound will be played. The lower the sound frequency, the stronger the signal strength.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Jul 2023 15:02:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Set Up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TRENDnetView EVO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3089</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Setting up a Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point, This WiFi access point sends a 2.4GHz WiFi signal, which allows ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/#more-3089" aria-label="Read more about Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Setting up a Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point, This WiFi access point sends a 2.4GHz WiFi signal, which allows WiFi cameras to easily connect to it, as well as any other WiFi devices that have compatibility issues with 5GHz devices.</p>
<h2>Setting up a Comfast long range WiFi access point</h2>
<h2>Purpose of the guide</h2>
<p>This guide will show you how to set up a one of our <a href="https://www.spycameracctv.com/products/long-range-2ghz-wifi-bridge" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Comfast long range WiFi access points</a> as an extender, which will allow you to connect a WiFi device to your internet router from a distance of 100-200m.</p>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3050/how-to-setup-email-notifications-via-gmail/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1670/trendnetview-evo-administration-guide/" rel="nofollow">TRENDnetView EVO Administration Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/437/how-to-add-device-to-hik-proconnect/" rel="nofollow">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
</ul>
<h2>Before you begin</h2>
<p><strong>If this has not already been pre-configured for you by our Helpdesk team</strong>, you will need to log in to the access point and set it up, see below for how to do this.</p>
<p>Make sure you set up the WiFi access point inside first and confirm it is working, and only mount it in the intended position when you have verified that it provides a connection to the internet.</p>
<p>If you will be connecting a WiFi camera or something similar, it is also best to connect it whilst quite close to the access point, then mount the camera in the final position once it has already been connected to the access point.</p>
<h2>Background</h2>
<p>This WiFi access point sends a 2.4GHz WiFi signal, which allows WiFi cameras to easily connect to it, as well as any other WiFi devices that have compatibility issues with 5GHz devices.</p>
<p>Once the setup is complete you should mount the access point on the highest point that you can, with as few obstructions in between the access point and the location of the WiFi device as possible. The more obstructions that are in the way, the shorter the effective range of the access point, so if you need the signal to reach 200m from the access point then it will need to be a clear line of sight to the WiFi device.</p>
<h2>Let’s get started</h2>
<p>First of all, remove all components from the packaging and lay them out in front of you.</p>
<p>You will have:</p>
<ul>
<li>A phone or tablet that can connect to WiFi</li>
<li>One Comfast long range WiFi access point</li>
<li>One POE injector (with included power cable)</li>
<li>One 3m long ethernet lead, to connect the POE injector to your computer</li>
<li>A second ethernet lead, to connect the POE injector to the WiFi access point (this supplies power and a connection to the internet router via one cable)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Wiring it up</h2>
<ol>
<li>Sitting next to your internet router and a free wall plug, take the POE injector and the power cable and connect it to a wall plug.</li>
<li>Connect one end of the short ethernet lead to the port marked &#8216;LAN&#8217; on the POE injector, and connect the other end to a spare port on the back of your internet router.</li>
<li>Slide the port cover off the bottom end of the WiFi access point, then connect one end of the long ethernet lead to the port on the POE injector marked &#8216;POE&#8217; and connect that to the port marked &#8216;WAN&#8217; on the WiFi access point.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2.png" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he 2" width="784" height="561" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2.png 784w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-300x215.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-768x550.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /></p>
<p>When the bridge is first connected to power you should see all the indicator lights on the side turn on briefly, this shows it is receiving power.</p>
<p>When the access point has turned on, it will create a WiFi network with a name beginning with &#8216;COMFAST&#8217;. <strong>If we have pre-configured the bridges for you</strong> then it should now be connected to the internet.</p>
<p>Try connecting to it using our default password of &#8216;12345Abc&#8217; to test that it is definitely connected to the internet. Now skip to the section below called &#8216;Changing the WiFi name and password&#8217;. After that, make sure to complete the next step called &#8216;Changing the admin password&#8217;. The password for logging into the access point should be changed before you finish, or this will make it easy for someone to log in to it and change the settings or access your internet connection.</p>
<p><strong>If it has not been pre-configured by the Helpdesk team</strong> then continue below, where we will connect to the access point and change the IP address settings.</p>
<h2>Connecting to the WiFi access point</h2>
<p>Open the internet browser on your phone/tablet and type &#8216;192.168.10.1&#8217; into the address bar, then press enter.</p>
<p>Type &#8216;Admin&#8217; as the password:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he.jpeg" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he" width="1536" height="2048" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 646" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<p>Select &#8216;AP&#8217;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1.jpeg" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he 1" width="1536" height="2048" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 647" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-1-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<p>Here you need to set the IP address of the WiFi access point so it works with your internet router. The subnet mask does not need to be changed.</p>
<p><strong>If your internet provider is BT or TalkTalk:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The IP address will be 192.168.1.200</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>If your internet provider is Virgin Media or Sky:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The IP address will be 192.168.0.200</li>
</ul>
<p>Or follow this guide to find out what it is:</p>
<p><a href="https://help.green-feathers.co.uk/en/support/solutions/articles/43000626230-how-to-find-out-your-ip-range-or-the-default-gateway-of-your-router-on-a-windows-or-mac-computer" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">How to use a Windows or Mac computer to find the default gateway</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2.jpeg" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he 2" width="1536" height="2048" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 648" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-2-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<p>Now click &#8216;Next&#8217;:</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the Local SSID to something you want; this is the name that you will see in the list of Wi-Fi networks on your phone/PC when connecting to the access point in future.</li>
<li>This is the password people will use when connecting their devices to the access point, so depending on how it is being used you may want a very complicated password or a very simple one. It is of course usually best to have a more complicated password. This is not the same as the admin password used when logging in to the access point.</li>
<li>Leave the Bandwidth as 20MHz</li>
<li>Set the country to &#8216;Europe&#8217;</li>
<li>Leave channel as &#8216;auto&#8217;, power as &#8216;100%&#8217; and launch range as 2km.</li>
<li>Click &#8216;Finish&#8217; and wait for it to apply the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3.jpeg" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he 3" width="1536" height="2048" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 649" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-3095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4.jpeg" alt="https s3 amazonaws com cdn freshdesk com data he 4" width="1536" height="2048" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 650" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<p>Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</p>
<p>You will now be disconnected from the access point because the IP address has been changed.</p>
<p>Now reconnect to it via Wi-Fi, if you have not changed it to something else this will still be a name beginning with &#8216;COMFAST&#8217;. When prompted, enter the password you set on it previously.</p>
<p>Your device will now be connected to the internet. If you want to confirm this, type &#8216;192.168.10.1&#8217; into the address bar on your phone again and type &#8216;admin&#8217; as the password to log in. You will see a live graph showing the total amount of data being down/uploaded over time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1536" height="2048" class="wp-image-3096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5.jpeg" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43220239348/original/MkEzxqxpB5jWsNPq-T31NhntGsBaUewxwA.jpeg?1620829265" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 651" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-5-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<h2>Changing the WiFi name and password</h2>
<p>Open the internet browser on your phone/tablet and type &#8216;192.168.10.1&#8217; into the address bar, then press enter.</p>
<p>Type &#8216;Admin&#8217; as the password:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1536" height="2048" class="wp-image-3097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6.jpeg" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43220239373/original/y7Uoaj5buhYfpuymeEc_xUnCMnUp5JsiQQ.jpeg?1620829266" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 652" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-6-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<p>Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</p>
<p>On the left side menu, select &#8216;Network&#8217;, then select &#8216;Wireless&#8217; at the top:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1536" height="2048" class="wp-image-3098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7.jpeg" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43220239405/original/-xUElWCgrl6cCmwX9s8EgVPXUguzalgb2w.jpeg?1620829267" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 653" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7-225x300.jpeg 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7-768x1024.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7-1152x1536.jpeg 1152w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-7-1200x1600.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the Local SSID to something you want; this is the name that you will see in the list of Wi-Fi networks on your phone/PC when connecting to the access point in future.</li>
<li>This is the password people will use when connecting their devices to the access point, so depending on how it is being used you may want a very complicated password or a very simple one. It is of course usually best to have a more complicated password. This is not the same as the admin password used when logging in to the access point.</li>
<li>Leave the Bandwidth as 20MHz</li>
<li>Set the country to &#8216;Europe&#8217;</li>
<li>Change the channel to &#8216;auto&#8217;, set power to &#8216;100%&#8217; and launch range as &#8216;2km&#8217;.</li>
<li>Click &#8216;Finish&#8217; and wait for it to apply the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="334" class="wp-image-3099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3.png" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43220239333/original/hMOquKI1A9oYXh1C7GrRjrdB-ONEdPYTOw.png?1620829265" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 654" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3.png 567w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-3-300x177.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></p>
<h2>Changing the admin password</h2>
<p>Now we need to finish up by changing the admin password.</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to System &gt; Change Password.</li>
<li>The old password is &#8216;Admin&#8217; or &#8216;admin&#8217;.</li>
<li>Set the new password to something that is not easy to guess. If you forget the password and ever need to edit the settings you can reset it by holding down the reset button in between the two ports for five seconds.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1536" height="1255" class="wp-image-3100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4.png" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43220239355/original/XG0Ny5gupU5bajXwz2gCjWKHuwWy5mZ7mQ.png?1620829266" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 655" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-300x245.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-1024x837.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-768x628.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-4-1200x980.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1536px) 100vw, 1536px" /></p>
<h2>Using this access point with a wired camera</h2>
<p>If you want to use a wired camera with your WiFi access point, you will need another accessory; a Wi-Fi repeater with an ethernet port for your camera to connect to. For example, <a href="https://www.spycameracctv.com/products/wifi-range-extender" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">the model sold on the SpyCameraCCTV website</a> will work well but it doesn&#8217;t have to be that specific model. The reason this is required is because most mobile hot spots only provide a Wi-Fi connection, with no option to connect an ethernet cable. A Wi-Fi repeater can connect to and amplify the signal from a WiFi access point, and also provide access to that data connection via an ethernet port.</p>
<p>Make sure you have set up your mobile data hotspot first, then turn on your Wi-Fi extender. It will begin scanning for Wi-Fi networks, just tell it to connect to the name of the access point. If there is an option, set it to repeater mode so it is just repeating and amplifying the Wi-Fi signal from the access point. Try connecting your phone to the Wi-Fi repeater to check if you can connect to the internet.</p>
<p>If that works, then you should be able to connect the camera directly to the ethernet port on the Wi-Fi extender and have it connected to the internet.</p>
<p>Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</p>
<h2>How to install the WiFi access point</h2>
<h3>Using metal ties</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1438" height="2560" class="wp-image-3101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-scaled.jpeg" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43221280360/original/N0tUeO74L0cmUuWUMlJJlztN8tyxsl5J0Q.jpg?1621252083" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 656" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-scaled.jpeg 1438w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-169x300.jpeg 169w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-575x1024.jpeg 575w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-768x1367.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-863x1536.jpeg 863w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-1151x2048.jpeg 1151w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-8-1200x2136.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1438px) 100vw, 1438px" /></p>
<h3>Using a pole mount</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1484" height="2560" class="wp-image-3102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-scaled.jpeg" alt="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43221280595/original/PTjfeyXSPTGMVa2H4jfPuEjM_vRJWHjbew.jpeg?1621252132" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 657" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-scaled.jpeg 1484w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-174x300.jpeg 174w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-594x1024.jpeg 594w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-768x1325.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-890x1536.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-1187x2048.jpeg 1187w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/https-s3-amazonaws-com-cdn-freshdesk-com-data-he-9-1200x2070.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1484px) 100vw, 1484px" /></p>
<h1 class="heading">Configuring Your Comfast Onmi with a Wireless Bridge</h1>
<p>In this guide we will take you through how to configure your Comfast Onmi with a Wireless Bridge.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Before You Begin</h2>
<p>First, remove all components from the packaging and lay them out in front of you.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Wire Up the Bridge</h3>
<p>Take the first panel and run an Ethernet lead from the <strong>WAN</strong> port to the <strong>PoE</strong> port on the power supply, then take a cable from the <strong>LAN</strong> port directly to your<strong> computer</strong>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Now take the second panel and run a cable from the <strong>WAN</strong> port to the <strong>PoE</strong> port on the power supply.</p>
<p>Link: <a href="https://bit.ly/2KPSMgs" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">bit.ly/2KPSMgs</a></p>
<p dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Make sure on both panels that you have the slider switch in the “on” position. If you are looking at the ports face on, with LAN to the left and WAN to the right, slide the switch to the left where it says &#8216;ON'(this may be upside down and appear to say &#8216;NO&#8217;). Once done you can follow the remaining steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>You may need configure your ethernet adapter to be able to login into the bridges are these Onmi and bridges are on a weird network range.</p>
<p>Link: <a href="https://bit.ly/35yNspE" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">bit.ly/35yNspE</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Configuring Your Comfast Onmi</h2>
<p>Type in the <strong>IP address</strong> of your Comfast Omni into your web browser’s address bar then <strong>login</strong> using the password.<img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090109745/original/vFxVEf3zrppLOvhniOBIoOgK4LukUeRxZA.png?1575474705" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090109745" data-index="0" alt="" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 658"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Once logged in, select <strong>Wizard </strong>from the menu on the left.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106294/original/g2MXujbgAkx2jdm52VPQCRJlXUi6p_1PSQ.png?1575474128" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106294" data-index="1" alt="" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 659"></p>
<p>Then Select <strong>AP Mode</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106433/original/cD6VIHQcn4zxL0i-5KdgFCCeeH_frRc2BQ.png?1575474155" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106433" data-index="2" alt="cD6VIHQcn4zxL0i 5KdgFCCeeH frRc2BQ" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 660"></p>
<p>Your page should now look like this:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106520/original/8JPtlpiKHYju80w5NBI3wFgpCYaLhilXkQ.png?1575474170" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106520" data-index="3" alt="8JPtlpiKHYju80w5NBI3wFgpCYaLhilXkQ" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 661"></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>If your internet provider is <strong>BT </strong>or <strong>TalkTalk</strong> set the IP address as <strong>192.168.1.200.</strong></p>
<p>For <strong>Virgin Media </strong>or<strong> Sky</strong>, set the IP address as<strong> 192.168.0.200</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106563/original/NzJizDeDrXVUhKtLHfgOs28Y0IQKr2WTPw.png?1575474181" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106563" data-index="4" alt="NzJizDeDrXVUhKtLHfgOs28Y0IQKr2WTPw" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 662"></p>
<p>Then click <strong>Next.</strong></p>
<p>Once this is done, it will ask you to enter a password, this is the wireless password key for the Comfast bridge. For security purposes, set your own password here.</p>
<p>Set the Bandwidth to <strong>80MHz, </strong>‘Country’ to <strong>Europe </strong>and Channel to <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106656/original/Aa97uGXH0X-Bor_LaZTFlb5KjXYP_JDzcw.png?1575474192" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106656" data-index="5" alt="Aa97uGXH0X Bor LaZTFlb5KjXYP JDzcw" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 663"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Next</strong> and repeat as in the previous step. Make sure the password is the same.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090106701/original/k3B3FEvZUqK95XWCOUP5md6A6Wlqwujz_w.png?1575474200" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090106701" data-index="6" alt="k3B3FEvZUqK95XWCOUP5md6A6Wlqwujz w" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 664"></p>
<p>On the next screen, click <strong>Finish</strong> and wait for the percentage bar to configure to 100% and that completes this part of the setup.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Configuring Comfast Bridge</h2>
<p>Now you need to configure your Comfast bridge panel.</p>
<p>Open your web browser and type <strong>192.168.10.1</strong> into the address bar.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Input <strong>admin</strong> as the password.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090107660/original/y8k9C9EfS6wXuRH8kXwFjr9G6_yHR2oY2w.png?1575474360" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090107660" data-index="7" alt="y8k9C9EfS6wXuRH8kXwFjr9G6 yHR2oY2w" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 665"></p>
<p>Now select <strong>Wizard </strong>from the left-hand side of the page and then click on <strong>Bridge</strong> &gt; <strong>Station </strong>&gt; <strong>Client Site</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090107808/original/c0QU6U3NAD2pUpfSXgpRbu6wwu4u-8cJ9g.png?1575474387" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090107808" data-index="8" alt="c0QU6U3NAD2pUpfSXgpRbu6wwu4u 8cJ9g" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 666"></p>
<p>We need to ensure that the bridge is not on the same IP address as the Omni because otherwise it will cause a conflict. So here we have set this bridge IP address as <strong>192.168.1.201</strong>.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090108056/original/-YrC1eX7fe_D-QSmO_pLx32mFCdMFAjzWA.png?1575474433" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090108056" data-index="9" alt="YrC1eX7fe D" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 667"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Next</strong>, and then click on <strong>Scan</strong> and a list of networks will show like the page below. You will need to find the Onmi’s network from the list it with a name like: <strong>COMFAST_B4564_5G</strong></p>
<p dir="ltr">If the SSID of the Omni doesn&#8217;t appear in the list, go to Network &gt; Wireless and change the country to &#8216;Europe&#8217;:</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43237618778/original/26XgvClqs1-CGT4OTTLI48rUPW16usd3_A.png?1626357322" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43237618778/original/26XgvClqs1-CGT4OTTLI48rUPW16usd3_A.png?1626357322" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43237618778" data-index="10" alt="26XgvClqs1 CGT4OTTLI48rUPW16usd3 A" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 668"></a></div>
<p dir="ltr">Input the <strong>password</strong> that you used on the Onmi earlier.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090108158/original/dMlmexixT7_j1iqnJ5QoomG_7Wo3h4zNHA.png?1575474452" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090108158" data-index="11" alt="" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 669"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090108191/original/XrabrFz-sevpvWyvWFcejakUBkxPvm0Jjw.png?1575474460" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090108191" data-index="12" alt="XrabrFz" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 670"></p>
<p>Then select the <strong>Operate</strong> button, this is linking both devices together.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090108264/original/uB_flfLtVODi99CCKlMwbahqfvSGxWZ5VA.png?1575474471" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090108264" data-index="13" alt="" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 671"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Finish</strong> and wait for the percentage bar to hit 100%, showing you have completed the setup process.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Check that Everything is Working</h2>
<p>Finally, log in to the bridge and double check they are pairing. Enter the IP addresses you assigned to each device into your web browser to check that they are linked up and working together.</p>
<p>The homepage of the admin area should look like this:</p>
<p><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/43090108529/original/Y0A0dancrBvZLdUTKTDohHuGXRyOgJ4-Ng.png?1575474516" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="43090108529" data-index="14" alt="Y0A0dancrBvZLdUTKTDohHuGXRyOgJ4 Ng" title="Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup 672"></p>
<p>Make sure that everything is up-and-running. Check the <strong>Link Status</strong> is <strong>Linked</strong>, <strong>RSSI </strong>should be showing a negative figure of dBm and a <strong>Connection Speed</strong> should be displayed. If this is the case, then the setup process is completed.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
